MATA PELAJARAN BAHASA INDONESIA SMA

LATIHAN 1

BADMINTON

Badminton is an indoor sport that has been greatest since the end of world war II. It is a
sport for two or four players. The players use long lightweight handled rackets to hit a
shuttlecock. A shuttlecock is usually made of cork and feathers. The court is about 5,
2 meter wide and 13,4 meter long for singles, and 1 meter wider for doubles.
In order to score, a player has to serve or put the shuttlecock into play. A server can
score when the opponent lets the shuttlecock fall to the ground or by a fault. A fault occurs
when the opponent, in an attempt to return the shuttlecock safely, allows it to go into or
under net. To hit the shuttlecock out of the playing area is also a fault. Men win a game after
collecting 15 points. In women's singles 11 points win a game.
Badminton has been growing very rapidly. It grows either as a backyard recreation or as
a competitive sport. The international Badminton Federation was founded in 1934 with nine
nations represented. Now it has members in more than 40 nations, and a world tournament
for both men and women is held every two years.

1. Which of the sentences is correct based on the text ........

A. Badminton is an indoor game
B. Badminton can only be played outdoors
C. The players are all men
D. Badminton can be played either as indoor game or outdoors game
E. The players must be over 15 years old.
Jawaban : A

2. A player hits the shuttlecock with ........

A. a long handled racket
B. a long lightweight handled racket
C. a racket which is as light as a shuttlecock
D. a handled racket which is a heavy as bat
E. a very lightweight racket.
Jawaban : B

3. There is only one correct sentence related to the text.

A. Instead of shuttlecock the players may use light balls
B. A players can get a point if he can't return the shuttlecock
C. Badminton is a kind of sport for more than four players
D. After collecting 15 point a man player wins the game
E. Both men and woman players have to collect less than 15 points
Jawaban : D
 4. Which of the following sentences shows that badminton rackets are not so heavy as
tennis rackets ?
A. The players use long handled rackets
B. Badminton rackets are lightweight
C. A players hits a shuttlecock with a rackets
D. Tennis rackets are bigger than badminton rackets
E. Badminton rackets are smaller compared with tennis rackets
Jawaban : B

5. When does a fault occur ........

A. When the player return the shuttlecock of his oppenent
B. After the player hits the shuttlecock with his racket
C. While the shuttlecock passes through the net
D. When the player falls on the ground
E. When the players can't return the shuttlecock of his opponent
Jawaban : E

Two very important fuel gases are made from petroleum during the retaining process.
They are butane and propane, which are similar to methane. These gases are sold in small
tanks and are used for cigarette lighters, portable welding torches, and camping stoves.
Mixture of the two gases are stored under pressure as a liquid. For this reason the mixture is
called liquefied petroleum gas or LPG. As it is used a liquid in the tank evaporates and
leaves the tank as gas. The main use of LPG is as a cooking fuel on farms and in small
towns where a central gas making plant would not be practical. Instead of piping the gas to
house where it is to be used, a tank of LPG is connected directly to the stove.
Because LPG is sold in tanks, it is often called tank gas or bottled gas.
LPG is also used to a small extent to run automobiles and tractors.
When the fuel tank is empty, it is replaced by a full one.

6. What are similar to the methane ?

A. petroleum D. petroleum and butane
B. butane E. butane and propane
C. propane and petroleum
Jawaban : E

7. The main use of liquefied petroleum gas is for ........

A. portable welding torches D. camping stoves
B. cooking fuel E. gas making plant
C. cigarette lighters
Jawaban : B

8. The following answer are all correct except one. Which one is strong ?
Bottled gas provides the fuel ........
A. for cooking
B. for heating
C. for lighting used by campers
 D. for hot water in homes in rural areas
E. for giving supply in homes in rural areas
Jawaban : C

9. Piping the gas to the houses in rural areas from a central gas making plant is ........
A. expensive D. efficient
B. practical E. reasonable
C. impractical
Jawaban : C

10. LPG is a mixture of ........

A. butane and methane D. butane, propane and liquid
B. propane and liquid E. butane and propane
C. liquid and butane
Jawaban : E

THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM

When you're hungry and you dinner, your mouth waters. This is the first step in
changing the food you eat into the kind of food that cells can use. This change is called
digestion, and it begins in the mouth.
Suppose you are eating sandwich. Your front teeth cut and tear the sandwich. The molar
grind it, Saliva, the juice in the mouth, gets everything moist.
Saliva also contains a type of chemical called and enzyme. It starts breaking down the
starch of the bread into sugar.
The moist ball of the food is carried to the mouth by the tongue. Muscles force the food
to the esophagus. They do their work so well that the food would travel a long even if the
person were doing a headstand.

11. Changing the food that we eat into the kind of liquid that cells used in called ........
A. processing D. grinding
B. digestion E. eating
C. cutting or tearing
Jawaban : B

12. When you eat a piece of meat or an apple, the use of your front teeth is for ........ them.
A. testing D. chewing
B. tearing E. breaking
C. grinding
Jawaban : B

13. What substance makes the food in the mouth moist ........
A. the juice D. the water
 B. the milk E. the saliva
C. the starch
Jawaban : E

14. The tongue carries the moist food to ........

A. the stomach D. the esophagus
B. the back of the mouth E. the windpipe
C. the small intestines
Jawaban : D

15. The food would travel a long even if the person were doing ........
A. a headstand. D. walking
B. a handshake E. eating
C. running
Jawaban : A

16. A : "When did the old man fall ?"

B : " .... "
A. When he got off the bus
B. When he was getting off the bus
C. After he had got off the bus
D. Before he had been getting off the bus
E. While she got off the bus
Jawaban : A

17. The luggage is twice the baby's weight.

The luggage is ........ the baby.
A. as heavy as D. lighter than
B. heavier than E. as light as
C. not so heavy as
Jawaban : B

18. His father speaks French but his mother speaks English.
This means ........
A. his father and mother speak French and English
B. his father speaks French, his mother speaks English
C. his father speaks French and English
D. his mother speaks English and French
E. his mother speaks French, his father speaks English
Jawaban : B

19. She would rather ........ vegetables than flowers.

A. growing D. to grow
B. grows E. grow
C. grew
Jawaban : E
20. His grandfather usually walks arround the garden to see the blooming flowers.
The underlined words mean ........
A. flowers that are going to bloom D. flowers that have been blooming
B. flowers that are blooming E. flowers that had been blooming
C. flowers that will be blooming
Jawaban : B

21. She would like to live in Indonesia, ....... it never snows.

A. when D. which
B. where E. what
C. that
Jawaban : B

22. If your brother ........ here, he ........ us with this work.

A. is - would help D. was - would helped
B. was - will help E. was - would have helped
C. were - will help
Jawaban : C

23. Tanto didn't pass the examination because he didn't study his lessons seriously.
He ........ if he had wanted to succeed.
A. could have studied hard D. should have studied hard
B. had studied hard E. has studied hard
C. might study hard
Jawaban : D

24. One who reads a lot will improve his language ability.
"One" here means ........
A. somebody D. a person
B. a man E. everybody
C. a certain man
Jawaban : D

25. I can't swim fast, ........

A. but my brother can D. and my brother can too
B. and so can my brother E. and so my brother
C. and neither can my brother
Jawaban : A

26. He saw the terrible accidents, but when he was interrogated by the police, he was no
acted as if he ........ it.
A. saw D. had not seen
B. didn't see E. has not seen
C. had seen
Jawaban : D
27. The teacher asked : "Why did you late, Marry ?"
The teacher asked why ........
A. she comes late D. she came late
B. she had come late E. did she come late
C. had she came late
Jawaban : B

28. It will be possible for scientists to get energy from the sun.
We can also say Scientists behave ........
A. it is possible to get energy from the sun
B. it will be possible to get energy from the sun
C. to get energy from the sun possible
D. it will possible to get energy from the sun
E. it possible to get energy from the sun
Jawaban : B

29. Tono found his dog sleeping in the car.

This sentence means ........
A. He found his dog when was sleeping in the car
B. When found his dog he was sleeping in the car
C. His dog found him when he was sleeping in the car
D. His dog was found when sleeping in the car
E. His dog was finding him sleeping in the car
Jawaban : D

30. Ahmad : " Your son has broken the window."

Badu : "Don't, worry, I'll get it ........"
A. repaired D. repair
B. being repaired E. repairing
C. to be repaired
Jawaban : C

31. When you want to play a badminton match, you should know the ........ of it.
A. shuttlecock D. net
B. racket . E. field
C. rules
Jawaban : C

32. The electricity that we used in our daily life is generated in a ........ station.
A. power D. current
B. energy E. electricity
C. force
Jawaban : A

33. A person who travels for pleasure is called ........

 A. a tourist D. a visitor
B. a foreigner E. electricity
C. a stranger
Jawaban : A

34. Without forests, nothing prevent the water from running down to the lower land. If it
happens, the ........ will wash away the soil and the humus into the rivers.
A. forest fire D. cutting down trees
B. remaining forest E. falling leaves
C. rushing water
Jawaban : C

35. The number of the new born children is called ........

A. facility D. mortality
B. demography E. fertility
C. density
Jawaban : E

36. ........ are concerned with how organism adopt to their environments in order to survive.
A. Physiogits D. Biochemists
B. Biologists E. Envirometalists
C. Ecologists
Jawaban : C

37. In fact, the sun ........ just a very small part of its energy to the earth.
A. pumps D. lets
B. release E. produces
C. makes
Jawaban : B

38. The smoke from vehicles and factories ........ the air.
A. poisons D. disties
B. destroys E. contaminates
C. pollutes
Jawaban : C

39. When the food is in your mouth it is influenced by the ........ which is sent out by the
glands in the mouth.
A. gastrin D. acid
B. enzyme E. saliva
C. hormone
Jawaban : E

40. Ujung kulon is the place of wild animals conservation.

The word underlined mean : The place where ........
A. people hunt wild animals
 B. wild animals are protected from being hunted
C. people can find any kind of animals
D. people can observe any kind of animals
E. wild animals are hunted
Jawaban : B

41. Ida : "Hello, Alfian, Are you working here ?"

Alfian : "Yes, I have been working here for a month"
Ida : "Oh, really ? ........ "
A. By all means D. Not at all
B. I'm very surprised E. There's no need
C. I hope not
Jawaban : B

42. X : " ....................................................................................... "

Y : "Certainly".
A. Could you carry this bag for me, please ?
B. What is the weather like ?.
C. Why don't you see the doctor ?
D. Who's speaking please?
E. How do you like it ?
Jawaban : A

43. X : ".......................................................................... ?"

Y : "No, thanks, I can do it myself'.
A. could you please help me
B. Will you please move this chair
C. Would you like me to carry your suitcase
D. Are you the manager of this office
E. Do you mind if I sit here
Jawaban : C

44. Father : "What are you doing, Toni ?"

Toni : " I'm studying, Father."
Father : "Oh. I see. You ........ "
A. had better turn on the television
B. would rather turn on the television
C. had better turn off the television
D. would rather put out the television
E. had better break the television
Jawaban : C

45. Bill : "Do you think John can solve the difficult math problem ?"
Jack : "I ........ he can do it. He is an intelligent student."
A. am in doubt D. am not sure
B. believe E. guess
 C. don't think
Jawaban : B

LATIHAN 2

Indonesia is a member of ASEAN, which is a regional organization founded by

Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. The ASEAN Declaration,
known as Bangkok Declaration, known as Bangkok was signed by the foreign Ministers of
ASEAN countries on 8th August 1967 in Bangkok.
The aim of the organization is to have a close co-operation among the member countries
on an equal basis. This would bring mutual benefits and stimulate solidarity which will
promote peace, stability and prosperity. ASEAN also aims at maintaining external relation
with similar aims, we have ASEAN Australia economic co-operation, ASEAN-US economic
co-operation, etc. Over the years, ASEAN has grown into a significant and constructive force
in Southeast Asian politics. It is able to find local solutions to regional problems, and to
produce concrete results in dealing with matters ranging from trade difficulties to youth
activities.

1. Indonesia ........ ASEAN.

A. was the only founder of D. was one of the founders of
B. has never participated in E. didn't sign the Declaration of
C. is not a member country of
Jawaban : D

2. The ASEAN declaration was signed by ........ of ASEAN countries.

A. presidents D. vice presidents
B. prime ministers E. peoples
C. foreign ministers
Jawaban : C

3. The Declaration was signed in ........

A. Malaysia D. The Philipines
B. Thailand E. Brunei Darussalam
C. Indonesia
Jawaban : B

4. One of the aims of ASEAN is ........

A. to organize other Asean countries
B. to arm themselves against other Asean nations
C. to dominate the economy of non-member countries
D. to set up a military pact among South-East Asean countries
E. to create a prosperous and peaceful community in South-East Asia
Jawaban : E

5. The aim of the organization is to have a close cooperation among the member
countries non an equal basis. This would bring mutual benefits and stimulate solidarity
 which will promoted peace, stability and prosperity.
The word 'this' refers to ........
A. the aim of the organization
B. maintaining peace. stability and presperity
C. the cooperation among the member counties
D. stimulating the solidarity among themselves
E. having cooperation among the members on an equal basis
Jawaban : A

Another pioneer, Paracelsus, who helped alchemy develop into modern chemistry,
declared that salt, sulphur, and mercury mixed in the proper proportions would be good for
our health. He also insisted that the search for gold should be stopped.
An important chemist in eighteenth-century in France was Lavoisier. His experiments
convinced him that burning was caused by union of oxygen with other chemicals. He called
this process oxidation.
In the composed of very small particles called atoms, and that the atoms of various
elements differ in their weight. The atomic theory also states that a union of two or more
atoms comprises a molecule.
At about the same time, an Italian physicist, Avogadro added the idea that a volume of
one kind of gas contains the same number of molecules as an equal volume of any other kind
of gas. if both are under the same conditions of temperature and pressure. This is called
Avogadro's law.
The search for gold by the ancient alchemists has given way the search for other
materials, which are not less precious, and probably even more useful. Although in a limited
way, they have also fulfilled the dream of the ancients, to lengthen man's life.

6. The most suitable title for the passage above is ........

A. Small particles in gas
B. The search for gold should be stopped
C. Alchemy in the early nineteenth century
D. The union of oxygen with other chemicals
E. The development of alchemy as modern science
Jawaban : E

7. The process of oxidation was found by ........

A. Avogadro D. John Dalton
B. Lavoisier E. Dimitri I Mendeleyev
C. Paracelsus
Jawaban : B

8. Oxidation will take place if there is ........

A. union of atoms
B. a composition of various elements
C. a union of oxygen with other chemicals
D. enough gas containing a number of molecules
E. a mixture of salt and sulphur in proper composition
 Jawaban : C

9. The volume of a certain gas will be equal to that of another if ........

A. one of the gases has more molecules that the other
B. the heat and pressure of the two gases are different
C. they are under the same conditions of temperature and pressure
D. both have the same heat, pressure and the same number of molecules
E. they have the same number of molecules but their heat and pressure are different
Jawaban : C

10. The effort of the ancient alchemists to change metals into gold ........
A. is only a dream
B. is something useless
C. has no relation with chemistry
D. is not the beginning of chemistry
E. has opened the way to find other useful materials.
Jawaban : E

POPULATION PROBLEMS

As early as 1788 Thomas Robert Malthus, an English economical, expressed his concern
about the rapid growth of the world's population. He stated that population increased in a
geometrical ratio, while substance increased only in an arithmetical ratio. Consequently,
unless there were checks on the growth of the population, a dearth of material would soon
prevail. All plans for social reform would be in vain unless the included a lowering of the
birthrate.
It is now nearly 200 years since Malthus Views were first published, and even though
science and technology have advanced rapidly and have been very successful in increasing
substance, there is still no certainly about the future unless population growth is checked.
"Zero population growth" has become a popular motto in campaigns for family planning and
birth control. In 1930 Indonesia had a population of 60 million in 1954 it was 81 million the
present estimate is about 150 million. The annual rate old increase is around 2.2 percent. If
the population continues to grow at this rate, in year 2000 we will have a population of over
200 million.

11. Thomas Robert Malthus was ........ about the rapid growth of the word's population.
A. sat D. optimistic
B. happy E. satisfied
C. worried
Jawaban : C

12. Without birth control, population will increase ........ substance.

A. as fast as D. less rapidly than
 B. faster than E. in the same way as
C. slower than
Jawaban : B

13. If there were no checks on the population growth, ........

A. there would be a lowering of birth rate
B. the plants social reform would be successful
C. substance would increase in genetical ratio
D. population would increase in arithmetical ratio
E. there would not be enough substance for the population
Jawaban : E

14. Zero population growth means ........

A. a popular motto for campaigns
B. there will be many more people to take care of
C. we will have a population of over 200 million in the year 2000
D. the increase in population
E. no births and no deaths
Jawaban : A

15. The advantage of checking population growth is ........

A. there is no certainly about the future
B. there will be many more people of over 200 million in the year 2000
C. we will have a population of over 200 million in the year 2000
D. the increase in population and that old subsistence will balance
E. the average increase in population will more that 2.2 percent
Jawaban : E

16. Mr. Burhan ........ one of the English teachers in our school this year.
A. is D. has been
B. was E. will have been
C. will be
Jawaban : A

17. The mango tree ........ stands in front of our house is bearing lots of fruit now.
A. who D. whose
B. whom E. of which
C. which
Jawaban : C

18. Herry won't have solved the problem, and ........

A. so will I D. I will have too
B. I will too E. I haven't either
C. neither will I
Jawaban : C
19. I'm completely free now because I ........ all my work.
A. did D. will have done
B. will do E. have been doing
C. have done
Jawaban : C

20. Mother : "Do you have any new eggs,"

Seller : "Certainly. The eggs that ........ here are always new."
A. sell D. are sold
B. sold . E. were sold.
C. is sold
Jawaban : D

21. The teacher wanted to know whether there were still students who liked ........ to
classical music.
A. listen D. to listen
B. listened E. to listening
C. listening
Jawaban : C

22. "Will you pour the coffee into the cups?"

We can also say : She asked me if I ........ the coffee into the cups.
A. pour D. would pour
B. poured E. would have poured
C. will pour
Jawaban : D

23. I wish I had heard the news about Chairil's being to the Hospital.
From this sentence we know that the speaker ........
A. knew that Chairil was hospital
B. had visited Chairil in the hospital
C. didn't know that Chairil was in the hospital
D. has heard the news but didn't visit Chairil
E. visited Chairil when he knew Chairil was hospitalized
Jawaban : C

24. He would rather ........ than ........ letters.

A. read - write D. to read - to write
B. read - wrote E. reading - writing
C. reads - writes
Jawaban : A

25. When I opened the door I saw him reading the book.
It means that ........
A. reading the book, he opened the door
B. while opening the door he read the book
 C. because I opened the door, he read the book
D. he was reading a book when I opened the door
E. I opened the door because he was reading the book
Jawaban : D

26. If he worked harder, he would probably get a better salary.

We learn from this sentence that ........
A. a better salary makes him work hard
B. he works hard and gets a better salary
C. working hard makes him get a better salary
D. he gets a better salary for his hard working
E. he does not work hard to get a better salary
Jawaban : C

27. He didn't feel well. He ........ have been working too hard.
A. can D. would
B. will E. might
C. shall
Jawaban : E

28. Mother told Lolo to get father's watch repaired.

From the sentence we can conclude that ........ to repair father's watch.
A. Lolo had D. Lolo told someone
B. Mother toll Lolo E. father asked someone
C. Lolo asked someone
Jawaban : C

29. The basic unit for measuring length is ........

A. gram D. cubic meter
B. meter E. square meter
C. hectare
Jawaban : B

30. The new 747 Boeing aircraft larger seats, and bigger windows.
"Aircraft" means ........
A. airways D. airport
B. airline E. aeroplane
C. airmail
Jawaban : E

31. Thermometer instrument is used to measure ........

A. tension D. glucose content
B. temperature E. blood pressure
C. sight intensity
Jawaban : B
32. When trees in the forest are cut down, rain water will go down to the lower land,
causing flood and ...
A. rain D. aridity
B. storm E. fertility
C. erosion
Jawaban : C

33. ........ orbit around the centre of nucleus of the atom.

A. currents D. substances
B. electrons E. insulators
C. particles
Jawaban : B

34. Animals need oxygen, plants help to provide.

In return, animals give off carbon dioxide which is taken by plants.
This process is called ........
A. interlink D. interdependence
B. interbreed E. interrelationship
C. interaction
Jawaban : D

35. The most important job of the police is to prevent crimes and arrest ........
A. lawyers D. detectives
B. drives E. lawbreakers
C. victives
Jawaban : E

36. The eruption of sea volcanoes causes ........ flooding regions on the coast.
A. cold lava D. high waves
B. hot steam E. black ashes
C. hot gases
Jawaban : A

37.

According to TABLE 1, the region with the highest birth rate is ........
 A. East Java Province
B. West Java Province
C. Central Java Province
D. Yogyakarta Special Territory
E. Special Territory Capital City of Jakarta Raya
Jawaban : B

38. After food is forced down the esophagus, it enters the ........
A. mouth D. appendix
B. throst E. small intestine
C. stomach
Jawaban : C

39. Grace : "I left my pen at home."

Robby : "You can use one of mine"
Grace : "........ How kind of you."
A. I'm sure D. I think so
B. Certainly E. I'm so sorry.
C. Thank you
Jawaban : C

40. Budi : "Can I have one ticket please ?"

Ticket Seller : " ........ The tickets have been sold out."
A. have fun D. Thank you
B. I'm sorry E. with pleasure
C. wonderful
Jawaban : B

41. Budi : "We are going to Tawangmangu. Would you like come along?"
Sukri : "........"
A. with pleasure D. Well, it doesn't matter
B. Oh yes, it does E. I find it fascinating
C. Oh, it's interesting
Jawaban : A

42. Iwan is asking Tono to go with him to the beach.

He said, "........ "
Tono : "That's a very nice idea. Let's ask the others too."
A. Do you go to the beach ?
B. Are you going to the beach ?
C. How about going to the beach ?
D. Do you like going to the beach ?
E. Are you asking your friends to go to the beach ?
Jawaban : C

43. Ardi : "........"

 Icu : "Certainly. I'm always ready to help you."
A. Are you busy ? D. Can you hear it ?
B. Is it secret ? E. Could you do me a favour ?
C. Will you do it ?
Jawaban : E

44. Darris : "Can I go swimming ?"

Mother : "........, It's going to rain."
A. Don't worry D. It's all right
B. Yes. you will E. It's fascinating
C. I'm afraid not
Jawaban : C

45. Foreigner : "Excuse me. Do you know how I can get to Jakarta from here in one day
?"
Travel agent : ". ....... if you like."
A. It is up to you D. I know do you are
B. You'd better go E. I think you can take a plane
C. Please don't ask me
Jawaban : E

LATIHAN 3

OUR BODY

In some ways our body is like a machine. A machine, such as a car engine, needs energy
to do its work. The engine burns fuel, usually petrol. The fuel is combined with oxygen from
the air. Energy is released.
There are many likenesses between a machine and the human body. But it is the
difference that make you better than a machine. For example, our body can change food into
living material and it can grow. Machine cannot do these things. They cannot feel or see and
they cannot think and learn as human beings do. The human body can repair worn-out parts.
It can even produce new human beings. There is something special about the human body. It
is alive, but machines are not.
The human body has many kinds of organs. For example, it has the skeleton to hold the
body erect. It has muscles to move the body. It has blood to carry food to all parts of the
body. Our body has the brain to think with. It has the nervous system to control the muscles
through our senses. Our senses are windows on the world about us. We learn everything
through our senses. Information comes to us through our eyes, ears, nose, tongue, skin and
some other senses. These other senses and the senses of balance. These sense tell us what is
going on inside our body.

1. One similarity between our body and a machine is that about ........
 A. produce new human beings
B. can repair worn-out parts
C. use energy to do their work
D. can feel, see, think and learn
E. can change foot into living materials
Jawaban : C

2. The function of the skeleton is ........

A. to carry food D. to give us information
B. to move the body E. to hold the body erect
C. to control the muscles
Jawaban : E

3. Which paragraph tells us about parts of our body and their functions ?
A. paragraph 1 D. paragraph 1 dan 2
B. paragraph 2 E. paragraph 2 dan 3
C. paragraph 3
Jawaban : C

4. The main idea of paragraph 2 is about ........

A. the function of a machine
B. the function of our body
C. the production of new human being
D. the differences between the human body and a machine
E. the combination of oxygen from the air
Jawaban : D

5. It has the skeleton to hold the body erect.

The words erect means ........
A. firm D. upright
B. stiff E. straight
C. strong
Jawaban : D

6. The human body can repair worn-out because it is alive

The underlined words means ........
A. used D. decayed
B. broken E. destroyed
C. injured
Jawaban : D

FASTEN YOUR SEAT BELT

 The big airliner was flying high in the sky. Some of the passengers were sleeping, like
the man who sit next to me. Some others were talking with their neighbours. A fat woman
was sitting across the aisle from me. She had a magazine in one hand and a box of chocolates
in the other. She seemed to pay more attention to her chocolate, than to her magazine. Every
time I looked in her direction she was busy eating chocolate, and she almost never looked at
her magazine.
Suddenly the plane began to shake. The fat women jumped out of her seat. She was very
nervous, "Why ... Why ... What's happening?" she asked "When . . . . hey . . . the plane
shaking so," She looked out of a window and started screaming. "Help! The plane's on fire!"
Then there came an announcement. "Attention, please!. This is the captain speaking.
Please stay in your seats. Nothing serious has happened. One of the engines has stopped but
the plane is all right. The engine is not on fire, so, please, don't be afraid."
The fat woman fainted in her seat. A stewardess was with her. Another stewardess was
trying to calm a woman who was very talkative at first, but was crying now. Everyone was
quite.
The stewardess were every goes. They succeeded in calming down those who were
frightened. I felt the plane turning slowly. Some smoke still coming from the engine, but that
was all.

7. The fat woman who was ........ was one of the passengers in the big airliner.
A. reading a magazine D. talking with her neighbour
B. looking out of window E. sitting next to writer
C. busy eating her chocolate
Jawaban : C

8. The captain asked the passengers to ........

A. be quite D. fasten the seatbelts
B. start praying E. remain in their seats
C. stop the engines
Jawaban : E

9. What did the stewardesses do ?

They ........
A. stopped the smoke from the engine.
B. were frightening the passenger
C. made an announcements to the passenger
D. sit with another passenger.
E. succeeded in calming down the passenger
Jawaban : E

10. The main idea of the first paragraph is about ........

A. the pilot D. the woman's neighbour
B. the writer E. he sleeping passengers
C. the fat woman
Jawaban : C
 11. Some of the passengers were sleeping, like the man who sit next to me. (line 2)
The underlined word refers to ........
A. fat woman D. the writer
B. the pilot E. the stewardess
C. the woman
Jawaban : D

12.

The part of the aeroplane shown by he arrow is called the ........

A. fan D. wing
B. body E. propeller
C. rear
Jawaban : E

As the supplies of fossil fuels-coal, oil and gas are running out, scientists have been
working hard trying to find the ways of obtaining other kinds of fuel. They have succeeded in
finding on that is very efficient nuclear fuel. However, the ores with produce this kind of
energy, e.g. uranium ores, will eventually run out, too. Fortunately a source of abundant
energy, which is virtually inexhaustible sunlight has been waiting for the scientist. The sun
sends out energy equal to the produced by 10,000 million tons of coal every second, of which
the earth receives only one two-billionth part. It is estimated that the energy which falls on
one square meter of the earth's surface per second can be used to keep about seven 100 watt
lamps burning. The sun's energy is really abundant, but only a limited amount has so far been
used by man. The sun can also be used as a source of fuel for power plants. Such power
plants are still in the experimental stages. However, it is hoped that they will lead the way to
a wider use of solar energy to run machines.
Solar energy can be used in telephone communications, space technology, and farming.
Solar batteries have been in experimental use for a number of years to power telephone lines.
They are now being use to recharge batteries which power instruments used in space
vehicles. Scientist have also succeeded in developing solar pumps that can raise water for
irrigation.

13. Why have scientist been trying to find ways of obtaining other kinds of fuel?
Because . . . .
A. uranium ores produce energy
B. nuclear fuel is very efficient
C. sunlight is virtually inexhaustible
D. the supplies of fossil fuels are running out
E. sunlight has been waiting for the scientist
Jawaban : D
 14. Which of the following is a source of abundant energy ........
A. Gas . D. Ores
B. Oil E. Sunlight
C. Coal
Jawaban : E

15. In farming, solar energy is used to operate ........ for irrigation.

A. pumps D. instruments
B. vehicles E. power plants
C. batteries
Jawaban : A

16. Information about amount of energy sent out by the sun is found in ........
A. paragraph 1 D. paragraph 4
B. paragraph 2 E. paragraph 3 dan 4
C. paragraph 3
Jawaban : B

17. However, it is hoped that they will lead the way to a wider use of solar energy to run
machines.
The word underlined refers to ........
A. machines D. experimental stages
B. power plants E. telephone communications
C. solar batteries
Jawaban : B

18. The scientist are trying to find ways to change the sun's light into ........
A. gas D. liquid
B. guel E. energy
C. ores
Jawaban : E

A bank is an institution with a two fold function. First, it keeps people's money safe and
readily available. In this way it functions as a saving bank. Secondly, it lends money to
people who need it. It is also, therefore, a moneylender.
Anyone can save to any bank and deposit money, that is, ask the bank to look after it. He
becomes a customer of the bank. When he deposits money, we say he opens a bank account.
There are two types of bank account. The first is a current account. When a customer
deposits money in the safe-keeping of the bank, he can at any time claim the repayment of
the money, in part or in whole, by means of a written order to the bank signed by himself.
Such an order is called a cheque. The second kind of account is the deposit account.
When the bank receives money on deposit, the customer can demand its return at the end of
an agreed term of notice of withdrawal a month, three months, six months or a year. The
bank pays interest on money in deposit accounts.
Just as they receive deposits from this customers, so the banks lend money to their
customers. A person who wants to borrow money has to give the bank something as security,
for instance, a certificate showing ownership of property. When a customer has a bank loan,
the bank charges him interest on the money he has borrowed. The bank does not always give
the borrower annual money. It may credit his account with the amount borrowed, exactly as
if he had deposited at the bank.

19. What do you call a person who deposits his money in a bank ?
A. A banker D. A money lender
B. A customer E. A money changer
C. A cheque owner
Jawaban : B

20. A customer who has a current accounts can draw his money by ........
A. means of a cheque D. showing his identity card
B. opening an account E. writing a letter to the bank
C. showing his hand-book
Jawaban : A

21. What is the main idea of paragraph three ........

A. Banks as money lenders
B. How to deposit money
C. Banks as savings banks
D. How to borrow money from a bank
E. How interest is charged on the borrower
Jawaban : A

22. Just as they receive deposits from their customers, so the banks lend money to their
customers.
The word "they" refers to ........
A. banks D. money lenders
B. customers E. deposit accounts
C. borrowers
Jawaban : A

23. The word interest (line 13) means ........

A. share belonging to the bank
B. attention paid by the bank
C. money paid for the use of money
D. dividend given by the custom
E. money given by the customer
Jawaban : C

24. Someone who wishes to borrow money from a bank should give the bank something
as ........
A. loan D. interest
B. shares E. security
 C. deposit
Jawaban : E

THE HOSPITAL

If you look at the front of a large, modern hospital, you may notice that there are two
separate entrances. One of these is for patients in need of immediate treatment. it is the
emergency entrance. Here ambulances are to be seen pulling up at any hour of the day or
night. The other entrance is the main entrance of the hospital.
In the ground floor inside main entrance. there are probably a reception areas and
waiting room, and also office. On the floors above and below are the numerous other
departments. On a lower floor may be the laundry and the kitchen. On another floor will be a
maternity section for mothers and their babies. Their rooms are usually kept separate from
the rest of the hospital, so that the babies do not catch other people's illnesses.
The rooms from other patients are usually on the higher floors. There are small rooms
for just one. patient, slightly larger rooms for two, three or four patients, and larger rooms
called wards, in which as many as 40 or 50 patients may lie in rows of beds. On other floors
are the operating rooms, called operating theatres, and special departments such as he
radiography department, where x-rays are taken and developed.
In the laboratories, special tests are carried out on body tissue and fluids to find out the
nature of a patient's disease. The pharmacy supplies the drugs to treat patients, near the
operating theatres is the blood bank to store blood for transfusions. Here too is the sterilizing
department, where all the operating instruments and bandages used in the operating theatres
and in the wards are cleaned and made free from germs

25. Where can you find the reception area in a modern hospital ........
A. On the ground floor D. Near the maternity section
B. On the floors above E. At the emergency entrance
C. On the second floor
Jawaban : A

26. X-rays are taken and developed in the ........

A. laboratories D. maternity section
B. operating theatre E. radiography department
C. emergency section
Jawaban : E

27. The ........ are located on the same floor.

A. kitchen and the maternity action D. laundry and the maternity action
B. waiting room and the laboratory E. laundry and the kitchen
C. reception areas the laundry
Jawaban : E
28. The main idea of the first paragraph is about to ........
A. modern hospital : D. the two kinds of entrances
B. operating theatres E. the location of the departments
C. the rooms for patient
Jawaban : D

29. The word "Here" line 3 refers to ........

A. the two separate entrances D. the hospital
B. the emergency entrance E. the entrances
C. the main entrance
Jawaban : B

30. A doctor examining his patient using a ........

A. telescope D. stethoscope
B. horoscope E. stereoscope.
C. microscope
Jawaban : D

31. Asia is the largest of the three ........

A. isles D. archipelagoes
B. island E. subcontinents
C. continents
Jawaban : C

32. Bali is ........ between Java and Lombok.

A. put D. placed
B. lied E. located
C. found
Jawaban : E

33. Children under the age of 6 go to the ........

A. kindergarten D. elementary school
B. secondary school E. senior high school
C. junior high school
Jawaban : A

34. During a football-match, linesmen have to move ........

A. in the goal area D. along the touch line
B. along he goal line E. along the halfway line
C. in he penalty area
Jawaban : D

35. Lake Toba ........ many foreign tourists to visit it.

A. accommodates D. welcomes
B. interests E. receives
C. attracts
 Jawaban : C

36. Mrs. Budi : "Nani, where did you put my chemistry book ?"
Anton : "What did Mrs. Budi ask you, Nani ?"
Nani : "She asked me ........ her chemistry book."
A. Where I put D. Where had I put
B. Where did you put E. Where you had put
C. Where I had put
Jawaban : C

37. Rina : "What's wrong with you, Yanti ?"

Yanti : "I have a toothache. It's so painful."
Rina : "I think you ........ see a dentist as soon as possible."
A. might D. should
B. would E. were to
C. had to
Jawaban : D

38. Steve : "Is your sister still in Medan ?"

Paul : "Yes, she ........ there since last September."
A. was D. has been
B. will be E. had been
C. could be
Jawaban : D

39. The road is narrow and slippery. Many accidents happen.

In other words we can say The road is narrow and slippery ........ many accidents
happen.
A. so D. yet
B. but E. because
C. for
Jawaban : A

40. Mary doesn't like seafood because she is allergic to it.

A. If she is not allergic to the food, she eats it
B. If she was not allergic to the food, she ate it
C. If she is not allergic to the food, she will eat it
D. If she were not allergic to the food, she would eat it
E. If she hadn't been allergic to the food she would have eaten it
Jawaban : D

41. Mr. Amat is old. He may not drive a car

We can say Mr. Amat is ........ to drive a car
A. so old D. old enough
B. too old E. rather old
C. very old
 Jawaban : B

42. We were not allowed to enter the classroom because it ........

A. cleans D. was cleaning
B. cleaned E. was being cleaned
C. was cleaned
Jawaban : E

43. I bought a bike last week. Do you want to see it ?

The combined sentence is :
Do you wan to see the bike ........ I bought last week ?
A. who D. where
B. whom E. whose
C. which
Jawaban : C

44. I don' like writing letters. I like reading them

We can also say :
I prefer reading letters ........ writing them.
A. to D. from
B. or E. with
C. then
Jawaban : A

45. Badu : "I like watching comedy films. How about you, Yan ?"
Wayan : "........"
A. I too D. I like to
B. I'm too E. I do so too
C. I do too
Jawaban : C

46. At a train station in Surabaya, at 5:05 p.m

Officer : "You're late, Sir. The train for Jakarta has just left"
Mr. Ali : "........ ! What should I do then. I'm supposed to be in Jakarta
at two o'clock tomorrow."
A. How nice D. What a good news
B. Oh my God E. That's all right
C. Don't worry
Jawaban : B

47. Sartono : "Mira, there's a good, film on at the Jakarta Theatre."

"Would you care to go with me ?"
Mira : ".................................................................."
"My grandmother is coming."
A. Thank you D. I'm afraid I can't
B. All right E. That would be nice
 C. Yes, please
Jawaban : D

48. Yanto : "I was wondering how Ani knew the names of so many waters."
Budi : "It's not surprising because reading ........"
A. is her hobby D. gives you pleasure.
B. is interesting E. is a good way to kill the time
C. is a good hobby
Jawaban : A

49. Mother : "In the holidays, we'll spend a whole week in our home town."
Son : "........ I'll meet with my old friends and play with them."
A. It'll be funny D. That might be awful
B. It seems possible E. That'll be wonderful
C. I'll be very sorry
Jawaban : E

50. Don : " ............................................ I've forgotten mine"

Sari : "Here you are"
Don : "Thanks"
A. How do you do, Sari ? D. Can I borrow your dictionary ?
B. How are you today, Sari ? E. How are things with you, Sari ?
C. Could you do me a favor
Jawaban : D

LATIHAN 4

"A healthy mind in a healthy body". That is the motto of every athlete in the world.
People can be happy only if they are healthy. There are several important things we must do
in order to stay healthy. First, we must get enough regular physical exercise. Second, we
must live in a clean house. Third, we must have enough time to rest. Rest is an important
physical exercise. And fourth, we must eat adequate quantities of nutritious food.
Good food is very important for keeping our body healthy. Food which contains a lot of
nutriments is always good for our body. Nutriments are used by our body for energy, growth
and for building new body tissues. Nutriments are of five important groups : proteins,
carbohydrates, fats, minerals and vitamins. Our body needs proteins for its growth.
Therefore, proteins are the most important nutriments for young people. Proteins also rebuild
worn-out body tissues. We can acquire proteins from meat chicken, peas, beans, coconuts,
eggs and milk.
Carbohydrates are as important as proteins, because they are the main source of energy.
The body needs energy to do its work. Carbohydrates are found in flour, bread, cakes, rice,
potatoes, cassava, corn, sugar and sweets.
Fats are another important source of energy. We can find fats in butter, margarine, milk,
coconut-milk, eggs, fish, meat and ice-cream. However, too much fat can make our body at
and this is dangerous for our heart. It can cause heart attacks.
Mineral salts such as calcium, magnesium, phosphorus, and iron are also absolutely
necessary for our body. For instance, calcium, magnesium and phosphorus are necessary for
the growth of our bones and teeth. Iron is important for our blood.
Vitamins are important for our health. The body cannot make is own vitamins, so it
depends on our food for these. We must eat food which contains a lot of vitamins, such as
vegetables and fruit. They help the body to absorb other nutrients in food. Vitamins control
our digestion.

1. What kind of food is good for our body ?

Food that contains ........
A. minerals, margarine, milk, meat, proteins
B. fats, magnesium, phosphorus, iron, proteins
C. proteins, minerals, vegetables, fruit, vitamins
D. carbohydrates, fats, calcium, phosphorus, vitamins
E. proteins, carbohydrates, fats, minerals, and vitamins
Jawaban : E

2. Which of the following statements is correct ........

A. Having much rest is needed to be healthy
B. Expensive meals keep our body healthy
C. Our body can provide its own vitamins
D. Too much fat endanger heart
E. when you eat beans you will get a lot of carbohydrates
Jawaban : A

3. We can find carbohydrates in ........

A. bread, rice, potatoes, corn and sweets
B. flour, cakes, butter. ice-cream and eggs
C. cassava, coconut-milk, fish, margarine and meat
D. meat, fish, corn, ice-cream, butter and cassava
E. rice, margarine, cake, flour, eggs, fish and meat
Jawaban : A

4. The main idea of the first paragraph is ........

A. How to be happy D. How to balance food and work
B. How to stay healthy E. How to keep nutritious food
C. How to do physical exercise
Jawaban : B

5. It can cause heart attack. (Paragraph 4)

What does the word "it" refer to ?
A. our body D. too much fat
B. our heart E. source of energy
C. nut milk
Jawaban : D

6. We must eat adequate quantities of nutritious food.

 The underlined word means ........
A. large D. great
B. small E. enough
C. full
Jawaban : E

A force of attraction exists between every body in the universe. It is called gravity and it
has been investigated by many scientist including Galileo and Newton. Gravitational force
depends on the masses of the bodies involved. Normally it is very small, but when one of the
bodies is a planet, like the earth, the force is considerable. Everything on or near the surface
of the earth is attracted by the mass of the earth. The greater the mass the greater is the earth's
force of attraction on it.
Because of gravity, bodies have weight. We can perceive weight only when a body
resists gravity. For example, when we pick up a stone there are two forces involved. One is
the lifting force we exert, and the other is the force of gravity which attracts the stone
downwards and this gives it weight. When a body escapes from the influence of the earth's
gravitational pull, it can become 'weightless'. For example, the centrifugal force of a
spacecraft spinning in orbit round the earth cancels the effect of gravity. The crew therefore
experience weightlessness. One of the minor disadvantages of weightlessness is that normal
pen will not write, because the ink is not attracted by gravity to flow out of the pen.
If the space crew land on the surface of the moon, they experience the much weaker for
be of gravity exerted by the moon. On the moon they weightless than on earth. Special
training is necessary to help them to walk on the moon's surface.
To simplify engineering calculations, it is assumed that gravity is the same every where
on the earth's surface, and that every kilogram of mass the earth exerts a force of 9,81
Newtons on a body. In fact gravity differs slightly from place to place because of the shape
of the earth. It is greatest at the poles where the earth is flattest, and least at the equator.

7. When can a body become weightless ?

A. when a body resists gravity of the earth
B. when a body and the earth attract one another
C. when a body is free from the influence of the earth's gravitational pull
D. when a body is pulled by the earth's gravitational force
E. when the earth's gravitational force attracts the body
Jawaban : C

8. State which of the following statement is correct.

A. In fact gravity is the same from place to place because of the space of the earth
B. It is possible for the space crew to walk on the moon without special training
C. One of the causes that make ink flow out of the pen is gravity
D. Our body will be overweight when we are in the outer space
E. The gravity on the moon greater that on the earth
Jawaban : C

9. According to the text, when the astronauts landed on the surface of the moon, they
experienced the much weaker force of gravity ........ by the moon.
 A. used D. involved
B. forced E. influenced
C. exerted
Jawaban : C

10. The main idea of the second paragraph is about ......

A. how to perceive weight
B. why bodies have weight
C. the weight of appace craft crew
D. the experience of a spacecraft crew
E. the gravitational force which attracts a stone
Jawaban : B

11. The word "it" in paragraph 1 line 3 refers to ........

A. one of the bodies D. scientists' investigation
B. force of attraction E. everything in the universe
C. gravitational force
Jawaban : C

12. It has been investigated by many scientists including Galileo and Newton.
The underlined word means ........
A. seen D. observed
B. stated. E. understood
C. known
Jawaban : D

Oil, like coal and natural gas, is a fossil fuel fossils are made from the remains of dead
plants and animals. It is thought that oil comes from tiny plants and animals whose bodies
fell in their millions to the seabed when they died. There they were covered by sands and
muds, which later hardened into rocks. In the course of millions of years, the plant and
animal material underwent chemical change and eventually turned into oil.
Oil deposits lie hidden deep beneath the surface of the earth. They have to be searched
for. Unless the soil actually comes to the surface, it is impossible to be certain that any is
present.
The rising demand for oil products keeps the oil companies busy exploring new oil
fields, and drilling new wells. Exploration teams are sent to distant regions to search for oil.
If the exploration shows good results, the company decides to drill a well. This the
exploration phase ends, and the production phase begins.
At the beginning of the production phase, gas pressure from below causes the crude oil
to gush to the surface with great force. After some time, however, the gas pressure is less,
and a pumping-station must be built to bring up the oil. Wells continue to produce oil for
several years, until production becomes so low that they must be abandoned.
Crude oil has to be transported to a refinery to be made into the many products that are
useful to man, such as petrol, kerosene, diesel oil, lubricants, asphalt Further processing gives
aviation fuel, greases, fertilizers, insecticides, man-made fibers and many other things.
The oil industry has a very complex and widespread distribution system. Ocean tankers,
pipelines, rail tankers, and road tankers are used to bring the oil products to sea-port, inland
depots, can and drum factories , and to tens of thousand of petrol stations in cities and along
motorways.
More than any other, the oil industry influences the lives of men and women
everywhere. From the largest to the simplest home, whose need may only be kerosene for its
lamps and stoves, there is daily need for large quantities of the various oil products.

13. What helped plant and animal materials turned into oil ?
A. gas D. sands and muds
B. rocks E. chemical changes
C. layers
Jawaban : E

14. According to the text, the right sentences is ........

A. oil is only found in the seabed
B. oil cannot be found beneath the seabed
C. nowadays it is easy to find oil resources
D. the process of oil formation lasts millions of years
E. All dead plants and animals change directly into oil
Jawaban : B

15. After several years oil ........ may be exhausted and the wells become dry.
A. deposits D. companies
B. products E. explorations
C. industries
Jawaban : A

16. The main idea of paragraph 1 is : How oil is ........

A. used D. drilled
B. formed E. retained
C. produced
Jawaban : B

17. They have to be searched for (Paragraph 2, line 6) The word 'they' refers to ........
A. sands D. oil deposits
B. tiny plants E. chemical changes
C. fuel fossils
Jawaban : D

18. The exploration teams are sent to distant regions to search for oil.
The word "distant regions" means ........
A. remote places D. far from drillings
B. long journeys E. explorations area
C. research areas
Jawaban : A
 Every day both industrial and domestic chimneys emit vast amount of dirt and harmful
gases. The exhaust fumes from thousands of car engines add to this huge volume of filth.
Sulphur dioxide, produced mainly by the burning of coal and oil, combines with the
moisture of the air to form sulphuric acid. This eats away stone, brick and even metal.
Doctors reason that if it can do this, it must damage the lungs of people who breathe it,
especially over a period of many years.
Usually the effect of air pollution are not instantly noticeable. Occasionally though, there
have been catastrophic ‘smogs’ (The word smog is a combination of smoke and fog). One of
these occurred in the town of Donora, Pennsylvania, in the U.S.A. They valley in which the
town lies traps the some and fumes from the steel-works and chemical plants that fill it. One
day in October 1948, unusual weather conditions prevented the smog from lifting by the
afternoon, as it normally did. Instead, it hung over the town for three days. By the end of the
third day, nearly 8000 people were ill. More than 80 percent of those aged 85 and over
seriously ill, 20 people died. At last a heavy rain shower dared the smog.
One of the chief causes of air pollution in many cities in the internal combustion engine.
Cars, lorries, and buses give out the gas called carbon monoxide, which in high
concentrations can kill a person in a confined space. Cars also throw into the air fine particles
of rubber and asphalt from their tires and the road, and particles of asbestos from their brake-
linings. These can cause damage to the lungs when breathed in.
Another source of pollution is the nuclear power stations which produce a great amount
of poisonous radio-active waste. This waste must be sealed up and buried beneath the ground
or seabed so carefully that there is no danger of leakage. Some scientists are very worried
that we are not being careful enough with nuclear waste. it may not all be buried safely. Also,
they fear there may be a serious accident at a nuclear power station, releasing deadly
radiation into the air.

19. The burning of coal and oil produces ........

A. sulphuric acid D. carbon monoxide
B. sulphur dioxide E. air moisture
C. exhaust fume
Jawaban : B

20. Which of the sentences is correct according to the text ?

A. Factories, motor cars, and nuclear power stations cause air pollution.
B. The exhaust-pipe of a running car absorbs carbon monoxide
C. In a confined space carbon monoxide is not very dangerous
D. Radio-active waste is poisonous, so it is harmless to people
E. Smoke and fumes clear up the air around a factory
Jawaban : A

21. Stone brick and even metal can be eaten away by ........
A. sulphur dioxid D. radio-active waste
B. harmful gases E. sulphuric acid
C. carbon monoxide
Jawaban : A
 22. The main idea of paragraph 3 is about
A. an accident which occurred in Donora
B. the effect of industrial development
C. the unnoticeable effect of air pollution
D. the smog covering the town of Donora
E. air pollution which is not noticeable
Jawaban : C

23. The word "this" in paragraph 2 line 4 refers to .....

A. moisture of the air D. sulphur dioxide
B. sulphuric acid E. burning of coal and oil
C. brick and metal
Jawaban : D

24. Usually the effect of air pollution are not instantly noticeable.
"Noticeable" means ......
A. can be seen D. able to be touched
B. can be heard E. could be tasted
C. can be thought
Jawaban : A

There is reason for the deepest concern about the plight of wild life in our country. Many
rare species are threatened with extinction because of the greed of hunters and game
collectors. Orangutans are rarely found in their natural habitat in the forest of Kalimantan and
Sumatera, but one may find them in zoos and private menageries all over the world. Ruthless
hunters kill innocent elephants for their valuable ivory tusks, or catch them alive to perform
in circuses. Tiger's hides decorate walls and floors of rich people's home in distant countries.
it things are allowed to continue in this way, it is feared that very soon all wild disappear
from our forests. Fortunately, the government has now imposed strict laws on hunting. Some
areas are designed wildlife reserves where hunters cannot enter. These include Ujungkulon
and Pangandaran in West Java, Merubetiri in East Java, and many more in the other island.
Sometime ago our newspapers contained reports elephants which had run amok in the
province of Lampung. They had emerged from their abode in the forest and destroyed crops
and houses belonging to the villagers. The people could not understand why the beasts had
suddenly gone wild. The strange thing was that animals had not come for food, because
having wrought destruction they returned to the forest. They seemed to have come only to
vent their anger. As elephants are protected by law, the people could not kill any of them.
The explanation for the elephants strange behavior is that they felt their quiet life had
been disturbed by the timber-felling projects and saw mills set up deep in the forest. The
animals felt their domain was being narrowed by man, and so they got angry. Elephants need
peace and quiet for their family life. They also need wide areas of land in which to roam.
They live in herds, and each herd likes to have its won territory.
Now the government has driven the elephants back into the forests, away from any
village or lumbermill. By shouting and shooting in the air the people drove the great beasts to
a new abode in the district of Air Sugihan. It is hoped that they will feel at home there, and
can live in peace and quiet
25. Why are tigers hunted ?
A. To keep as pets D. To become their friends
B. To get their claws E. To help them with their work
C. To get their hides
Jawaban : C

26. According to the passage the right sentence is ?

A. Most elephants are killed for their ivory tusks
B. Many valuable ivory tusks are found in Kalimantan
C. The circuses can also reduce the elephant population
D. The game collectors stop hunting the rare species in Indonesia
E. The plight of the wildlife in our country does not need deep concern of us.
Jawaban : A

27. The government provides a new ........ for the elephants because their old one has been
invaded by man.
A. forest D. law
B. cage E. herd
C. abode
Jawaban : C

28. The main idea of the first paragraph is ........

A. We can find orangutans in zoos
B. Elephants are hunted for their skin
C. Hunters are not allowed to kill orangutans
D. The cause of worrying the plight of wild-life in our country
E. Rare species of animals are also likely to extinct
Jawaban : A

29. ....... but one may find them in zoos and (Paragraph 1 line 4)
The Underlined word refers to ........
A. tigers D. orangutans
B. people E. rare species
C. elephants
Jawaban : D

30. The word 'ruthless' in paragraph one line 5 means ....

A. very brave D. full of pity
B. very cruel E. very disappointed
C. peaceful
Jawaban : B

31. Look at the picture below.

 The paint of the picture pointed by the arrow denoting the ........ of our independence.
A. day D. year
B. date E. century
C. month
Jawaban : B

32. There are four seasons in subtropical regions and two in the tropics.
In ........ the leaves of the trees fall to ground.
A. spring D. winter
B. summer E. wet season
C. autumn
Jawaban : C

33. We have to keep our tropical forests because they provide rubber, cocoa and numerous
pharmaceuticals.
The underlined word means ........
A. many kinds of D. useful
B. a lot of E. important
C. various
Jawaban : B

34. Melting rock, steam and gas escape from time to time with explosive force through
the ........ of the mountain..
A. top D. crater
B. foot E. valley
C. slope
Jawaban : A

35. There are various ways to prevent ........ such as by using IUD.
A. pregnancy D. marriage
B. disease E. infertility
C. fertility
Jawaban : A

36. Tom : "I didn't see your brother when I visited you yesterday."
Bob : "He ........ his bike in the garage."
A. repaired D. has repaired
 B. is repairing E. would repair
C. was repairing
Jawaban : C

37. Mr. Rodolf : "Did you throw those letters away ?"
Jabu : "Yes. sir. Should they ........ again ?"
Mr. Rodolf : "Of course. They are confidential letters."
A. collect D. be collected
B. collected E. been collected
C. collecting
Jawaban : A

38. Our laboratory ........ school is provided ........ modern equipment.

A. in - by D. in - to
B. at - with E. at - by
C. at - for
Jawaban : B

39. The soil is fertile.

You can cultivate it.
The combination of the two sentences is : The soil is ......
A. fertile enough to cultivate D. enough fertile to cultivate
B. fertile to cultivate enough E. fertile enough for cultivating
C. fertile enough to cultivate it
Jawaban : C

40. Susy : "I wonder why Ani didn't pass the entrance test."
Mira : "She would have passed if she ........ enough time"
Susy : "I see. She was not well prepared, then."
A. has D. had had
B. had E. would have
C. has had
Jawaban : A

41. X : "How long have you lived in Lampung ?"

Y : "Well, by January next year I ........ there for 3 years."
A. live D. will have lived
B. will lived E. have been living
C. will he living
Jawaban : D

42. All the articles are very boring in today's newspaper.

There is ........ interesting in it.
A. everything D. anything
B. something E. none
C. nothing
 Jawaban : C

43. If only were diligent and polite we would love him.

This sentence means that he ........ diligent and polite.
A. was D. is not
B. was not E. will be
C. as
Jawaban : B

44. Tono : "Do you like swimming Anto ?"

Anto : "No, I prefer playing badminton ........ swimming."
A. was D. better
B. from E. better than
C. than
Jawaban : C

45. Bill : "Where is your car, John ?"

John : "At the garage, I am having ........ it at the moment."
A. repair D. being repaired
B. repairing E. repaired
C. to repair
Jawaban : E

46. John : "Rudy, I hear you've won the first prize the speech contest at your school ! ........
"
Rudy: "Thank you !"
A. I am happy D. Congratulations
B. I believe so E. It's a pity
C. I'm surprised
Jawaban : D

47. Salman : "May I borrow your calculator ?"

Ron : "........ there's something wrong with it."
A. I apologize D. I am sorry to hear that
B. I agree with you E. I am pleased to hear that
C. I am afraid you can't
Jawaban : C

48. Sastra : "Sorry I didn't ring you last night. I had to accompany my mother going to the
doctor."
Anna : " ............................... "
A. Not to worry D. I don't thing you would
B. Right you are E. It was really surprising
C. It's nice to hear it
Jawaban : A
 49. Mrs. Yusuf : "It's already late, Budi hasn't come yet"
" .................. something wrong happens to him."
Mr. Yusuf : "Don't worry. He'll be all right."
A. I suspect D. I rather doubt
B. I'm afraid E. I very much wish
C. I don't think
Jawaban : B

50. Anna : I'm very much obliged

Nana : Please, don't mention it.
The underlined utterance expresses .......
A. apology D. sympathy
B. regret E. gratitude
C. surprise
Jawaban : E

LATIHAN 5

WATER

People need water. We cannot live without water. A person should drink at
least eight glasses of water a day. If a person does not drink enough water, he
can suffer kidney trouble. A big man should drink more eight glasses a day.
In Indonesia many children die of dehydration. This means they die
because of lack water in their bodies. So we must make sure that our children
drink enough water, especially when they are suffering from diarrhea.
At present, many governments of the world are worried about the water
supplies in their countries. Fresh water is becoming more and more difficult to
get. In many cities where there are many people, the level of water in the
underground wells is getting lower and lower. The loss of forests due to erosion
or the irresponsible cutting down of trees often means loss of water from wells
under the ground. Trees are very important for water preservation.
Dams preserve or store the water that many of our towns and cities need.
Dams have many functions. They hold back rain water that may result in floods
if not checked. They also provide water to irrigate the farms with.
People can use the waterfalls of a dam to produce electricity. Electricity
gives light and energy to our houses and factories.

1. Paragraph ........ of the above text says that the supplies of fresh water in
 many countries are decreasing.

A. 1 D. 4

B. 2 E. 5

C. 3

Jawaban : C

2. According to the text above, the statement ........ is not true.

A. It is said that people may survive without water

B. Lack of water in our bodies may cause kidney trouble

C. Man should drink at least eight glasses of water a day

D. It is getting more and more difficult to have fresh water

E. The irresponsible cutting down of trees causes loss of water

Jawaban : A

3. Which of the following does not belong to the functions of a dam ?

A. To irrigate farms D. To hold back rain water

B. To flood the villages E. To store or preserve water

C. To produce electricity

Jawaban : B

4. Another source of water is rivers.

The word "source" means .......

A. the origin of a thing

B. waste thrown into the rivers

C. the starting point of a river

D. place from which something comes

E. original material for something

Jawaban : D
MARINE LIFE

The word "marine" comes from the Latin word "mare" which means "sea".
Marine life means all the animal and plant species that live in the waters of the
sea.
The geography of the seabed, the floor of the sea, is not so different from
that of the land. There are hills, high mountains, valleys, rolling plains and
plateaus. Below the low tide mark the bottom of the sea slopes gently
downwards to a depth of depth of about 100 fathoms, in the from of a shelf
known as the continental shelf.
On the surface of the sea there are tiny floating plants and animals,
including the eggs and young of larger animals and jelly-fishes, that are called
"plankton". The plankton is important because a great many fishes feed on it.
Seaweeds live in the shallow waters, no deeper than 50 fathoms as they
need fairly strong sunlight to assimilate their food. In China and Japan seaweeds
are eater; in Europe carrageen is used for thickening soup and making jellies.
The really deep sea is cold and dark because the sunlight cannot
penetrate the depths. The pressure in the deep sea is higher than in the shallow
water, and the fishes are much more fragile and delicate in appearance than
those from parts of the sea where the pressure is lower. Some have large eyes
and can see, but others are completely blind.

5. The earth's surface looks almost the same as the bottom of the sea.
This sentence is in paragraph .......

A. 1 D. 4

B. 2 E. 5

C. 3

Jawaban : D

6. Which of the following statements is not correct according to the text ........

A. Seaweeds need fairly strong sunlight to assimilate their food

B. The pressure in the shallow water is lower than that in the deep one

C. There are no hills, valleys and mountains on the floor of the sea
 D. Rolling plains, high mountains and plateaus are found on the seabed

E. All the animal and plant species that live in the sea are called marine life

Jawaban : C

7. Plankton comprises tiny floating plants and animals ........

A. on the seabed D. at the bottom of the sea

B. on the seashore E. on the surface of the sea

C. in shallow waters

Jawaban : E

8. The plankton is important because a great many fishes feed on it.

The underlined word "it" in paragraph 3 refers to ........

A. the egg D. a tiny floating plant

B. plankton E. the young of larger animals

C. a jelly-fish

Jawaban : B

9. The sunlight cannot penetrate the deep sea.

The underlines word means ........

A. move to D. run into

B. come in E. pass through

C. see into

Jawaban : E

THE MOON LANDING

 At 9,50 a.m. West Indonesia Time, on Monday 21st July 1969, the
American astronaut Neil Armstrong, made history by becoming the first man to
step on the moon. Hundreds of millions of people watched and listened from the
planet Earth 240.000 miles away.
Armstrong lifted his foot from the landing of his spaceship, the "Eagle",
and slowly and carefully pressed it into the moon's surface. Testing his ability to
walk in the weak lunar gravity - one sixth of that on earth. He moved slowly in
his space suit. He found that he could move easily. With increasing confidence
he began to move away from "Eagle".
He was greatly surprised to look at his footprints in the soft moon sand. He
was so pleased with the new experience that he almost forgot about his task of
collecting a small sample of lunar soil, and had to be reminded about it.
He collected the sample and put it into a pocket on the left leg of his suit.
If he had to leave the moon earlier than planned, this sample would be the only
lunar soil that he brought back to earth. Taking a long look at the view around
him, Armstrong said, "It's different, but it's pretty out here".
Now he was safe on the moon. In twenty minutes his friend Edwin Aldrin
would come out of "Eagle" and join him. Armstrong and Aldrin spent only two
and a half hours on the moon. Although they spent only a few hours there and
ventured no farther that about 200 feet from their landing capsule, they brought
back information that provided scientists with many years of research.
Lunar module, after leaving the moon, rejoined command module piloted
by Michael Collins.

10. Armstrong found that he could move easily on the moon's surface.
The idea above can be found in paragraph .......

A. 1 D. 4

B. 2 E. 5

C. 3

Jawaban : B

11. .... and had to be reminded about it. ( Paragraph 3 )

The word "it" refers to .......

A. moving slowly D. moving away from eagle

B. wearing a space suit E. looking at his footprints

C. collecting lunar soil

 Jawaban : C

12. Neil Armstrong almost forgot to collect the sample of the lunar soil because
........

A. he did not know what to do

B. he did not have self confidence

C. he moved slowly on the moon's surface

D. he was very happy with the new experience

E. he moved away from the landing capsule with fear

Jawaban : D

13. The astronauts were ordered to bring back all of the following to the earth
except ........

A. the lunar module D. information for research

B. the command module E. their footprints in the moon sand

C. a sample of lunar soil

Jawaban : E

14. According to the text above, which statement is not true ?

A. Neil Armstrong and Aldrin were American astronauts

B. In 20 minutes Edwin Aldrin would join Neil Armstrong

C. Millions of people on the earth watched the moon landing

D. Neil Armstrong forgot his task of collecting a small sample

E. Neil Armstrong was greatly surprised to look at his footprints

Jawaban : D

15. "He was so pleased this new experience that he almost forgot to collect a
few samples of lunar soil"
The word "lunar" means having to do with the ........
 A. sun D. earth

B. star E. space

C. moon

Jawaban : C

THE SUN AS A SOURCE OF ENERGY

As the supplies of fossil fuels, coal, oil, and gas are running out, scientists
have been trying hard to find ways of obtaining other kinds of fuels. They have
succeeded in finding one that is very efficient, nuclear fuel.
One pound of uranium, for example, produces as much energy as three
million pounds of coal. Unfortunately, atomic energy ores will at last run out too.
It is a good thing that a source of abundant energy sunlight has been patiently
waiting for the scientists. However only a limited amount has so far been used
by man.
A very old way of using sunlight directly is to make a fire. By using a
magnifying glass, sunlight can be concentrated and the resulting heat is enough
to start a fire.
Solar energy can be used in telephone communications, space technology
and farming. Solar batteries have been in experimental use for a number of
years to power telephone lines. They are now being used to recharge batteries
which power instruments used in space vehicles. Scientists have also succeeded
in developing solar pumps that can raise water for irrigation.
The sun seems to be an ideal source of energy for a great many uses. Yet
to change the abundant sunlight into energy is a different matter. The
instruments needed to catch the sun's energy are still very expensive.
However, once man succeeds in catching even a small part of that energy,
nobody would worry about running out of fossil fuels or uranium ores.

16. Scientists have succeeded in making use of solar energy in farming.

The idea can be found in paragraph .......

A. 1 D. 4

B. 2 E. 5

C. 3
 Jawaban : D

17. Which statement is not true according to the text ?

A. By using a magnifying glass we start a fire

B. Atomic energy ores can't be replaced by anything else.

C. The instruments for catching solar energy are very expensive

D. People are making experiments with solar energy to power telephone

lines

E. Scientists made experiments with sunlight because atomic energy

Jawaban : B

18. Why have scientists been making experiment with sunlight ?

Because ........

A. there are plenty of fossil fuels

B. uranium is the only nuclear fuel

C. they have succeeded in finding uranium

D. the existing sources of energy are running out

E. a source of abundant energy has been waiting for them

Jawaban : D

19. Explain the use of sunlight in olden times. For ........

A. making fires D. irrigating fields

B. raising water E. recharging batteries

C. converting energy

Jawaban : A

20. The resulting heat is enough to start a fire. (Paragraph 3 )

The italic words refer to the heat of ......
 A. oil D. the sun

B. coal E. uranium

C. fire

Jawaban : D

21. The word "abundant" (in paragraph 2) means ........

A. useful D. grateful

B. careful E. plentiful

C. wasteful

Jawaban : E

THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM

The human body is made up of countless million of cells. Food is needed

to build up new cells and replace parts that are damaged or worn out so that the
body can frow. Food is also needed as fuel to provide energy for each cell, so
that it can carry out its work properly.
However, the food that we take into mouth must be changed into
substances that can be carried in the blood to the places where they are needed.
This process is called digestion.
The first digestive process takes place in the mouth. Some of the food,
bread, rice and meat, for example is broken up into small pieces by the action of
the teeth, and is mixed with saliva, a juice secreted by glands in the mouth.
Saliva is the first of the digestive juice which the blood meets on its way through
the digestive system. These juice contain enzyme in saliva is responsible for
breaking down carbohydrates.
From the mouth, food passes through the esophagus, into the stomach.
Here the digestive juice made by the cells in the stomach wall play their part.
The food is mixed with the juices for several hours, and when it is very nearly
liquid, it is squeezed through into the small intestine. Here more digestive juices
get to work.

22. The idea of paragraph one is about .......

 A. the human body D. the digestive process

B. the number of cell E. the damaged parts of the body

C. the function of food

Jawaban : C

23. Food is needed to build up new cells and also to provide .......

A. blood D. enzymes

B. energy E. vitamins

C. juice

Jawaban : B

24. Which statement is not correct according to the text ........

A. The human body is made up of countless cells

B. Food is needed to provide energy for each cell

C. The first digestive process takes place in the mount

D. Food has nothing to do with the energy needed for each cell

E. The enzyme in saliva is responsible for breaking down carbohydrate

Jawaban : D

25. Food is also needed as fuel to provide energy for each cell, so that it can
carry out its work well. (paragraph 1)
"It" in the sentence above refers to .......

A. cell D. work

B. food E. energy

C. fuel

Jawaban : A

26. From the mouth, food passes through the esophagus, into the stomach.
 The word "esophagus" means .......

A. gland which produces juices

B. parts of organs in the stomach

C. food canal between mouth and stomach

D. cells in the stomach which break food

E. food stuffs which have been made liquid

Jawaban : C

People long ago discovered that moving water has power. But for
thousands of years, they put this power, only to very simple uses. For instance,
by tying logs together, they made rafts that would carry them downstream.
Once people discovered that they could compel a stream to turn a water
wheal, they next put water power to work grinding wheat.
The next development in waterwheels was the turbine. The first person to
make a turbine that really worked was a young French engineer. Benoit
Foumeyron, in the 1820's. Instead of flat paddles or buckets, the turbine wheel
has curved blades that look somewhat like the blades of a ship's propeller. The
water flows through these blades as it turn the wheel. The wheel is enclosed in a
tub, or housing, with only a small gap between the blades of the turbine and the
housing. This every bit of water must pass through the blades and wheeling
shaft.

27. We learn from paragraph 3 ........

A. how a turbine works

B. what a turbine cost

C. that moving water has power

D. about the invention of bucket

E. about the uses of moving water

Jawaban : A

28. The word "they" in paragraph 1 and 2 refers to .......

A. logs D. simple uses

 B. rafts E. thousands of years

C. people

Jawaban : C

29. In a turbine the water flows through the ........ as it turns the wheel.

A. wheel D. turbine

B. blades E. flat paddles

C. buckets

Jawaban : B

30. Who was Benoit Foumeyron ?

Benoit Fourneyron was .......

A. labourer D. the user of turbines

B. a developer E. the inventor of turbine

C. a scientist

Jawaban : E

31. The underlined word "discovered" in paragraph 2 means .......

A. made D. constructed

B. found E. looked for

C. opened

Jawaban : B
32.

Look at the picture. This animal uses ....... to defend irselt from the enemy.

A. poison D. sharp claws

B. bad smeel E. ink-like liquid

C. tentacles

Jawaban : E

33.

The three boys are very interested in outdoor life. They like ....... most.

A. riding D. cycling

B. rowing E. driving

C. racing

Jawaban : D

34. One of the organs of the united Nations Organization is ........ which has to
settle international disputes.
 A. the General Assembly

B. the Security Council

C. the Trusteeship Council

D. the Economic and Social Council

E. the International Court of Justice

Jawaban : E

35. To complete his study at the university, an undergraduate student has to

write a ........ on a special subject.

A. paper D. description

B. thesis E. dissertation

C. transcript

Jawaban : B

36. X : Is your mother a teacher of English ?

Y : Yes, she is. She ........ it since she was 25

A. teach D. was teaching

B. teaches E. has been teaching

C. is teaching

Jawaban : E

37. Harry, don't play with those matches, you'll burn ........

A. myself D. ourselves

B. himself E. themselves

C. yourself

Jawaban : C

38. Tuti is very beautiful but her younger sister, Nani is becoming ........
 A. most beautiful D. most beautifully

B. the most beautiful E. more and more beautiful

C. more beautifully

Jawaban : E

39. We can fix dinner for them here. We can take them to a restaurant.
We can also say: ........

A. We can dinner for them and take them to a restaurant

B. If we can fix dinner for them here, we can take them to a restaurant

C. We can fix dinner for them here or take them to a restaurant

D. We can take them to a restaurant but we can fix dinner for them here

E. Because we can fix dinner for them here, we can take them to a
restaurant

Jawaban : C

40. Tom : Why is father angry with you, fred ?

Ani : What did Tom ask you ?
Fred : He asked me why .......

A. father is angry with me D. was father angry with me

B. is father angry with you E. father was angry with you

C. father was angry with me

Jawaban : C

41. If he told the truth, they would forgive him.

This sentence means .......

A. He tells the truth so they forgive him

B. He tells the truth, but they cannot forgive him

C. He does not tell the truth, but they forgive him

D. Although he tells the truth, they cannot forgive him

E. He does not tell the truth, so they cannot forgive him

 Jawaban : E

42. My friends are of the opinion that people who live in villages are more
friendly than those who live in cities.
The word "those" refers to .......

A. people D. villages

B. cities E. my friends

C. opinion

Jawaban : A

43. Coach : Rina did not succeed in her attempts

Trainee : .........................................

A. I did either D. I didn't neither

B. Either did I E. Neither didn't I

C. Neither did I

Jawaban : C

44. Every time he meets me, he always complains. I wish he ....... it.

A. won't do D. hasn't done

B. didn't do E. hadn't done

C. doesn't do

Jawaban : B

45. Mr. Wardiman : I spent an hour repairing my car but it still didn't work.
Mr. Anton : Why didn't you have the mechanic ........ it ?

A. repair D. to repair

B. repairs E. repairing

C. repaired
 Jawaban : A

46. X : What do you think of this novel ?

Y : ..........................
X : Yes, I think so. I like it very it very much and I have read it twice.

A. It's boring, isn't it ?

B. It's interesting, isn't it ?

C. It's too expensive, isn't it ?

D. I think it is very expensive, isn't it ?

E. I think it is too hard to understand, isn't it ?

Jawaban : B

47. Leny : Why were you absent yesterday

Lili : My grandma passed away.
Leny : Oh, I'm sorry to hear that.
The last sentence expresses .......

A. regret D. agreement

B. surprise E. disappointment

C. sympathy

Jawaban : C

48. X : There is a good film at the Olympic Theatre, .......

Y : That would be very nice.

A. Do you ever see it ? D. Who are the main actors ?

B. Have you ever seen it ? E. What about seeing it tonight ?

C. What is the story about

Jawaban : E

49. Indra : Alice, have you brought the book you borrowed from me ?
Alice : Oh ........ I haven't. I'll bring it tomorrow, OK ?
 Indra : That's all right.

A. I am glad D. I am in a hurry

B. I am sorry E. I don't remember

C. I don't know

Jawaban : B

50. Astrid : Mariam, shall I give you a lift when we go home ?

Mariam : ........ I plan to stop in Duta Plaza to buy a new blouse

A. No, thanks

B. Don't help me

C. I'm going home alone

D. I don't want your help

E. I'm afraid to go home with you

Jawaban : A

LATIHAN 6

POLLUTION

It was mentioned earlier that with the increase in our population, clean
water has become a problem. Our rivers have polluted by all sorts of waste.
There is rubbish from our homes, dangerous pesticides from our farms, and
deadly chemicals from our factories.
In the days when the population was smaller, people's waste could be
useful. It could be turned slowly into citrates and phosphates by the natural
action of bacteria and air, and these two substances, are needed by plants and
fish. But as the pollution increased, waste become so much and so
overwhelming that natural processes could no longer keep the water clean.
Many fish have been killed by water pollution.
There are many kinds of pollution. They can be grouped into several major
classifications, of which we mention here, water pollution and radiation pollution.
Air pollution is caused by car engines and by big factories with large
chimneys through which dirty air escape.
 Land pollution can be caused by waste or rubbish such as paper, bottles,
plastic, aluminium, scraps, junk, etc. Because of our carelessness and laziness.
Our surroundings are very dirty. They are filled with household as well as factory
waste. Some waste can be broken down by natural organisms such as bacteria.
Rubbish like this is called organic waste. On the other hand, rubbish which
cannot be broken down by natural organisms is called inorganic waste. This is
more difficult to dispose of and it makes the surrounding very unpleasant to look
at.

1. According to the text, deadly chemicals come from our .......

A. farms D. factories

B. Homes E. population

C. rivers

Jawaban : D

2. What happened with people's waste in the past ?

A. It could be useful D. It made the water very dirty

B. It caused land pollution E. It turned slowly into bacteria

C. It killed plants and fish

Jawaban : A

3. Our surroundings are contaminated because of our bad attitude.

You can find this information in paragraph .......

A. 1 D. 4

B. 2 E. 5

C. 3

Jawaban : E

4. Which of the following statements is true wording to the text ?

A. All sorts of waste reduce pollution

B. Clean water never because useful for mankind

 C. Overwhelming waste kinds of pollution found around us

D. There are many kinds of pollution found around us

E. Inorganic waste can be easily broken down by bacteria

Jawaban : D

5. ......... with the increase in our population ..... , (paragraph 1)

The underlined word mean .......

A. much more D. a great quality

B. the whole lot E. the whole number

C. arise in the amount

Jawaban : C

GAS FOR FUEL AND LIGHT

The air we breathe contains the gases oxygen and nitrogen, and small
quantities of other gases. Every gas consists of molecules of a particular,
substance, moving rapidly about. The gases can be changed into liquids, and
some even to solids, if they are cooled down enough, times oxygen used in
factories for making a very hot flame to cut and weld steel is some times stored
and carried about in the liquid state, and solid carbon dioxide, usually called dry
ice, is used for keeping ice-cream cold.
The kinds of gases used in croakers and gas fires come from three
sources. The first kind is made of naphtha, which is a light oil, the second is
made from coal, while the third, natural gas, is a almost entirely methane.
Geologists believe that natural gas was produced from carboniferous, or
coal-bearing rocks. The gas rose into the holes in the sandstone, and was
presented from escaping upwards out of the sandstone by a "cap" rock - usually
a form of rock salt - which formed a dome over the natural reservoir of gas.
In Jakarta and other big cities in Indonesia it is common practice to use
gas for cooking. Gas reaches the houses through large underground pipes called
gas mains; and smaller pipes called service pipes lead to the gas meters in each
houses or building. The meter records how much gas is used.
Natural gas and gas from oil has no distinctive smell, so an artificial smell
is produced by adding small quantities of concentrated deodorants, to enable
people to detect any leak that may occur.

6. Gas reaches the houses through large underground pipes is generally used
for .......

A. welding D. burning

B. cooking E. detecting

C. heating .

Jawaban : B

7. The ....... paragraph states that air consists of oxygen, nitrogen, and other
gases.

A. first D. fourth

B. second E. fifth

C. third

Jawaban : A

8. Which of these statements is true according to the text ?

A. Gas can't changed to solids

B. Gas is commonly used by a cook

C. Oxygen can't be used for welding steel

D. Natural gas has a special distinctive smell

E. Air mixes with the gases oxygen and nitrogen

Jawaban : B

9. Paragraph ....... tells you about natural gas which does not smell different
from other gases.

A. one D. four

B. two E. five
 C. three

Jawaban : E

10. The meter records how much gas is used, (paragraph 4)

The underlined word means .......

A. says D. performs

B. states E. indicates

C. inform

Jawaban : E

THE CENTURY'S GREATEST MAN OF SCIENCE

In 1984, when Albert Einstein was 15, his father lost money and could not
support him any longer. Other boys would have left school and stopped
studying. Not Albert. He left school for some time, but he later managed to go to
a better school, the polytechnic in Zurich, Switzerland.
On leaving the institute, he discovered that no one could offer him the
kind of job he wanted. At last he found a suitable one at the patent office in
Bern. Einstein's task at the patent office was to make an investigation of the new
products sent to his office. The job did not require much of Einstein time, so he
was able to write scientific articles. He published these in 1905. Scientists were
surprised by what he had written. There were even more surprised when they
knew that these articles, which could have been written by a university
professor, were actually written by an official at a patent office.
Investigations were made and it was decided the official should be taken
from the patent office and given a more suitable job.
A few years later, Einstein became a professor at the University of Zurich.
In 1991 he taught in Prague, and later at the polytechnic Institute in Switzerland,
where he had been a student. Then he was requested to move to Berlin.
Einstein stayed in Berlin for 20 years, from 1913 to 1933. During that
period he worked on his famous Theory of Relativity. He gave a simple example,
in simple language, to explain the wide of relativity. A man riding on a train
drops a stone out of the window. To the man on the train, it seems that the
stone follows a straight as it drops. However, to a man outside the train, the
path of the stone does not seem straight, it looks . like a parabola. The theory
expands those of Newton and Galileo, which are correct only under certain
conditions.
Einstein made very important contributions in the field of physics. The
Nobel Price that he won in 1912 at the age of 42 was no surprise to the scientific
world. No scientist beat him in his field. What beat him was time.
He died in Princeton in the U.S.A. in 1955. People believed that he was the
century's greatest man of science.

11. Why were scientists surprised by what Albert Einstein had written ?

A. The content of the articles were scientific

B. The articles were written by a well-known scientist

C. The articles were written by a university. professor

D. The articles were written by an official at a patent office

E. The articles were enough because they were written by a university

student

Jawaban : D

12. Which of the following statement is true according to the text ?

A. Einstein's father was rich enough to support his study ,

B. Einstein's became a professor when he was at the age of 20

C. Like other boys, Einstein left school and didn't continue his study

D. Although his father was poor, Einstein tried hard to continue his study

E. Einstein spent his time working in Polytechnic Institute before teaching

in France

Jawaban : D

13. Einstein didn't get a good job easily; but he never gave up trying to get
one.
This information is found in paragraph .......

A. 1 D. 4

B. 2 E. 5

C. 3

Jawaban : B
14. ... a straight path as it drops. (paragraph 4)
"It" refers to .......

A. train D. theory

B. stone E. parabola

C. window

Jawaban : B

15. Then he was requested to move to Berlin. (paragraph 3)

The meaning of the underlined word is .......

A. sent D. believed

B. asked E. transferred

C. forced

Jawaban : B

VOLCANOES

A volcano is mountain a surrounding an opening in the earth's crust.

Steam, gases, lava, ashes and other materials are forced out almost
continuously from an active volcano. A dormant volcano, on the other hand,
erupts at long intervals. In an extinct volcano, the crater has long been closed up
with cold, solid lava.
Our earth was a sphere of gases which slowly cooled off from the outside,
forming a thin crust of cold, solid materials, containing hot liquid, magma, and
gases. It was the very high pressure of the gases forcing the magma through
weak parts in the earth crust that formed volcanoes.
There are some 500 volcanoes in our country, of which about 180 are still
active. They are found in three rows. The first row stretches over a distance of
7,000 km from North Sumatra, Java, the Northern row of Nusa Tenggara ending
up on the island of Saparua near Ambon.
The second row runs from Sulawesi through Sangihe as far as the
Philippine Islands; while the third runs from Irian to Halmahera. Kalimantan and
the Southern islands of Nusa Tenggara, lying outside those rows, are not
volcanic.
Most of our volcanoes are in Java. The most active one is Mount Merapi at
the north of Yogya. The northern part of the crater has a high wall, so in
eruptions the lava flows in every direction. the hot lava slowly cools off into what
is called "lahar".
In he rainy season, when the cools "lahar" on Merapi's slopes is hit by rain
it flows down the slopes with great force, destroying everything in its path. The
flow of "lahar" mixed with rocks fills up the rivers, while sand covers the fields.

16. An extinct volcano is a volcano that .......

A. is still active D. never erupts anymore

B. has a crater E. erupts at long intervals

C. erupts frequently

Jawaban : D

17. What does our earth contain ?

A. Hot substances D. Cool magma and gases

B. Sphere of gases E. Hot liquid, magma, and gases

C. Cold solid materials

Jawaban : E

18. When cool lahar flows down the slopes with great force, it severely
damages everything in its path.
This information is found paragraph .......

A. 1 D. 4

B. 2 E. 6

C. 3

Jawaban : E

19. Which of the following statements is true according to the text ?

A. There are about 500 active volcanoes in Indonesia

 B. The most active volcano is found in North Sumatra

C. An extinct volcano is a volcano that is no longer active

D. The crater of an active volcano has long been closed up with cold solid
lava

E. The row of mountains stretching Kalimantan to Nusa Tenggara are also

volcanic.

Jawaban : C

20. ... by rain it flows down .... (paragraph 6)

"Flows down" means .......

A. takes down D. moves down

B. slows down E. brings down

C. runs down

Jawaban : C

WILDLIFE CONSERVATION

There is reason for the deepest concern about the plight of wildlife in our
country. Many rare species are threatened with extinction because of the greed
of hunters and game collectors. Orangutans are rarely found in their natural
habitat in the forests of Kalimantan and Sumatra, but one can find them in zoos
and private menageries all over the word. Ruthless hunters kill innocent in
circuses. Tiger's headed decorate walls and floors of rich people's home in
distant countries.
If things are allowed to continue in this way, it is feared that very soon all
wild life will disappear from our forests. Fortunately, the government has now
imposed strict laws on hunting. Some areas are designated wildlife reserves
where hunters cannot enter. These include Ujungkulon and Pangandaran in West
Java, Merubetiri in East Java, and many more in the other islands.
Some time ago our newspaper contained reports of elephants which had
run amok in the province of Lampung. They had emerged from their abode in
the forest and destroyed crops and houses belonging to the villagers. The people
could not understand why the beasts had suddenly gone wild. The strange thing
was that the animals had not come for food, because having wrought
destruction they strange thing was that the animals had not animals had not
come for food, because having wrought destruction they returned to the forest.
They seemed to have come only to vent their anger. As elephants are protected
by law, the people could not kill any of them.
The explanation for the elephants, strange behavior is that felt their quiets
life had been disturbed by the timber-felling projects and saw-mills set up deep
in the forest. The animals felt their domain was being narrowed by man, and so
they got angry.
Elephants need peace and quiets for their family life. They also need vast
areas of land in which to roam. They live in herds, and each herd likes to have its
own territory.

21. The hunter's greed can cause the ....... of rare species.

A. reduction D. extension

B. extinction E. exclusion

C. execution

Jawaban : B

22. Strict laws are imposed on hunting to conserve wildlife.

This information is found in paragraph .......

A. 1 D. 4

B. 2 E. 5

C. 3

Jawaban : B

23. What is the right statement according to the text ?

A. We find many orangutans in Sumatra and Kalimantan

B. Cruel hunters kill innocent elephant for their valuable ivory tusks

C. The elephants don't want to live in the forest, any longer

D. The elephants disappeared to the forest any longer

E. The people knew for certain any the elephants had suddenly gone wild.
 Jawaban : B

24. They seemed to have come only .... (paragraph 3)

"They" refers to .......

A. crepe D. elephants

B. houses E. newspaper

C. reports

Jawaban : B

25. Ruthless hunters kill innocent elephants .... (paragraph 1)

"Ruthless" means .......

A. merciless D. careless

B. senseless E. useless

C. helpless

Jawaban : A

26.

What do you call the part of the body pointed by the arrow .......

A. Skin D. Knee

B. Calf E. Thigh

C. Heel

Jawaban : D

27. The ....... is the smallest part of a spacecraft where the astronauts and the
 instrument package are.

A. nose D. stages

B. module E. capsule

C. rocket

Jawaban : E

28. Doctor Fleming discovered that the bacteria was killed by the substance
produced by .......

A. cell D. liquid

B. germ E. antiseptic

C. mold

Jawaban : C

29. Too many people means that pure water is becoming scarce in many years.

The underlined word means .......

A. not available in a large quantity

B. not available in a small quantity

C. not available in a abundant quantity

D. not available in a special quantity

E. not available in an enough quantity

Jawaban : B

30. The ASEAN ....... was made in Bangkok on 8th August 1967.

A. expansion D. organization

B. foundation E. participation

C. declaration

Jawaban : D
31. The following words are connected with ecology, except .......

A. air D. nitrogen

B. cloud. E. environment

C. balance

Jawaban : D

32. It is hoped that power plants will lead the way to a wider use of solar
energy to run machines.
"Run" means .......

A. work D. operate

B. hasten E. change

C. move

Jawaban : D

33. Which of the following objects does not need electricity to operate it ?

A. Rice-cooker D. Tin-opener

B. Table-lamp E. Food-mixer

C. Hair-dryer

Jawaban : D

34. Passengers should check in one hour before departure time.

The underlined word means .......

A. leaving D. starting

B. flying E. moving

C. boarding

Jawaban : C

35. One of the ....... of having small families is that parents can give more
attention to their children.
 A. ways D. programmers

B. aims E. influences

C. effects

Jawaban : B

36. The sentences :

Ramli comes to see me 30 minutes ago. He is in the living room now,
Could be expressed :
He ....... for her half an hour.

A. waits D. was waiting

B. waited E. has been waiting

C. is waiting

Jawaban : E

37. Agung : Oh, it is a very beautiful big temple ........ ?

Agus : In the 16th century
Which of the utterances could be used to complete the dialogue above .......

A. When is it built ? D. When had it been built ?

B. When was it built ? E. When was it being built ?

C. When has it been built ?

Jawaban : B

38. Father : Did Andi go to the party night ?

Mother : Yes, ....... he had a lot of assignments, he insisted on going.

A. as D. however

B. since E. although

C. yet

Jawaban : E

39. Badrul said to Siska, "If had a car, I would give you a lift in my car."
 From Badrul's utterance we know that .......

A. Badrul gives Siska a lift

B. Badrul would give Siska a lift

C. Badrul didn't give Siska a lift

D. Badrul doesn't give Siska a lift

E. Badrul will not give Siska a lift

Jawaban : D

40. Father has just come from the rice field. He is very tired and is lying on the
bed now.
He ........ all day long.

A. will have worked D. must have worked

B. my have worked E. ought to have worked

C. can have worked

Jawaban : D

41. Andi : Have you done the last assignment ?

Badu : Not yet, How about you ?
Andi : .......
Which of these utterance can be used to complete the dialogue above ?

A. I can't either D. I'm not either

B. I don't either E. I haven't either

C. I mustn't either

Jawaban : E

42. Rinto said to Maria, I wish Budi had understood what I said.
From Rinto's utterance we know that .......

A. Budi understands what Rinto says

B. Budi understood what Rinto said

C. Budi had understand what Rinto said

 D. Budi didn't understand what Rinto said

E. Budi doesn't understand what Rinto said

Jawaban : D

43. Rudy : Which do you prefer, going for a walk or staying at home ?
Reny : I think I'd rather ....... at home.

A. stay D. to stay

B. stayed E. have stayed

C. staying

Jawaban : A

44. Lidya : Look, mom ! The flowers are getting dry.

Mother : Oh, I'll soon get them .......

A. water D. being watered

B. watered E. to be watered

C. watering

Jawaban : B

45. Hasan : Have you seen my pen, Budi ?

Udin : What did Hasan ask you ?
Budi : He asked me whether I .......

A. saw his pen D. have seen his pen

B. had seen your pen E. had seen his pen

C. had seen my pen

Jawaban : E

46. Mr. Abidin : Ah, Miss Anisah. Sit down please.

Can you write business letters in English ?
Miss Anisah : Yes, sir.
The underlined utterance is used to ask someone's .......
 A. ability D. approval

B. Opinion E. hope

C. suggestion

Jawaban : A

47. Mono : Can I borrow you dictionary ?

Tono : ..........................
Which of these utterances can be used to complete the dialogue above ?

A. Thank you D. Sure. Here you are

B. That would E. I wouldn't say that

C. I don't like that

Jawaban : D

48. Harry's shoes are already worn out. He has just said to his father that he
needs a new pair. He wants to know if his father agrees. What does Harry
say to his father ?
Harry : "Dad, my shoes are ready worn out. I think need a new pair ......."
Which of these expressions can be used to complete Harry's utter lance ?

A. Don't you see them ?

B. Don't you think so?

C. Don't you realize it ?

D. Don't you want them to be utterance ?

E. Don't you have same money to buy them?

Jawaban : B

49. Bakri and Tono have a meeting with Pak Slamet to talk about their plan for
the coming holiday.
What would they say ?

A. We will go to Tawang Mangu

B. We are going to Ujung Kulon

C. We are quite sure of what to do

 D. We intend to go camping at cibubur

E. We are thinking of going to the Taman safari

Jawaban : E

50. Andi : Do you know Elly's phone number ?

Iwan : It's 4810
Andi : Really ?
Iwan : ....... I phoned her last night.

A. Yes D. Perhaps

B. Maybe E. Probably

C. Sorry

Jawaban : A

LATIHAN 7

THE STORY OF THE ALPHABET

The word 'alphabet' contents from alpha, and beta, the first two letters of the Greek
system of writing.
The alphabet we know today was first developed by the ancient Egyptians. Their
system of writing was called hieroglyphics, which means "priest writing", because the priests
were the only people who knew how to write and use it. In this system signs or pictures were
used to show both objects and ideas. So it was a kind of picture writing. Later, the Egyptians
also used signs to stand for single letters. They did it like this : The Egyptian word for water
was "nu" and the sign for it was a wavy line. Then they used this sign just for the sound "n",
the first letter of their word for water.
After that came the Phoenicians, who developed a true alphabet where letter alone
were used. They adopted most of the Egyptian letters, but some were quite different. Perhaps
the letters were taken from the writing of the Assyrians. The Phoenician alphabet had
nineteen letters and contained no vowels.
A great number of nations, including the Greeks, adopted Phoenician alphabet. The
Greeks made some changes and added some vowels to it. The Greek alphabet contains
twenty-four letters. Some of the letters are the same as we ourselves use, such as the letters N
(Nu) and O (omicron).
When the Greeks had finished developing their alphabet, The Romans adopted it. They
also made some changes. They added and dropped some letters and altered the shape of
others.

1. What did the signs or pictures of the Egyptian system of writing show ?
 A. kind of picture writing D. Objects and ideas
B. Consonants and vowels E. Single letters
C. How to write and use
Jawaban : D

2. The ancient Egyptian system of writing was called ...... which means "priest writing".
A. Egyptian letters D. Greek system
B. hieroglyphics E. alphabet
C. Phoenician
Jawaban : B

3. Which of the following statements is not true according to the text ?

A. The Phoenician alphabet contains no vowels
B. The Greek alphabet was adopted by the Romans
C. The Roman alphabet contains twenty three letters
D. It was the ancient Egyptians who first developed the alphabet
E. Many countries used the Roman alphabet because they liked it
Jawaban : C

4. Their system of writing was called hieroglyphics, which means "priest writing",
because the priests were the only people who knew how to write and use it. (paragraph
2).
"It" in the above sentence refers to .......
A. writing D. hieroglyphics
B. system E. system of writing
C. alphabet
Jawaban : D

5. The Romans also adopted the Phoenician alphabet but dropped some letters and altered
the shape of others.
The underlined word in the above sentence means .........
A. used D. omitted
B. took E. shortened
C. changed
Jawaban : D

TANAH TORAJA
The Toraja are descendants of immigrants who entered Indonesia a long long time ago
from South China. They believe in ancestral worship, and one of the customs that is still
practiced today is the "death feast". A deceased person is not buried immediately, but kept in
a coffin called "tongkonan" for as long as two years. The corpse is treated as though still
among the living and offered food and drink. This practice comes to an end only when the
burial ceremonies have taken place.
The preparations for a funeral take a long time and cost a lot of money. People need at
least one year to prepare the "death feast" and to notify the relatives about the forth coming
ceremonies. These preparations also take account of which social class the deceased
belonged to, because only the members of the top and second classes are entitled to the most
elaborate funeral ceremonies. On the other hand, members of the lowest classes are not
permitted to hold such ceremonies, even though they may have reached high positions in
society during their lifetimes.
The Toraja society recognizes three social classes, namely the highest class or
"tokapua", to which belong the landlords and people in traditional leadership positions, the
second class or "tomakako", to which belong smaller land owners and people in the middle
class positions, and the common people or "tobuda", to which belong the manual-workers
and the sharecroppers. The highest class makes up 5%, the second 25%, and the lowest 70%
of the population, which according to the 1972 census numbered 316.986.

6. The Toraja stop offering food and drink to the dead person after .......
A. the person died D. two year preparation
B. the burial ceremonies E. the forth coming ceremonies
C. one year preparation
Jawaban : B

7. Why are the lowest classes not permitted to hold elaborate funeral ceremonies ?
A. They are manual workers D. They are smaller landowners
B. They are share croppers E. They are strict to their customs
C. They are lower classes
Jawaban : E

8. There are three social classes in the Toraja society.

This idea is mentioned in paragraph ........
A. I D. 1 and 2
B. 2 E. 1 and 3
C. 3
Jawaban : C

9. On the other hand, ... even though they may ... (paragraph 2).
What does they in the above sentence refer to ?
A. The members of the top classes
B. The members of the second classes
C. The members of the lowest classes
D. Elaborate funeral ceremonies
E. Such funeral ceremonies
Jawaban : D

10. A deceased person is not buried immediately.

The following words/phrases have the same meaning as the underlined word,
except ......
A. quickly D. right now
B. at once E. right away
C. directly
Jawaban : D
 CUT NYAK MEUTIA
Cut Nyak Meutia was one of Indonesia's national heroines who fought bravely against
the Dutch and who lost her life at the front in Aceh, North Sumatera. Her struggle is closely
interwoven with the history of the Acehnese and their fight against the Dutch colonial
government. Ever since the Dutch set foot in Aceh they had met with resistance and enmity
from the entire population. Up to 1871 the authority of the Aceh Sultanate had been
preserved and acknowledged by the outside world, including the west. But the Dutch had
been waiting for an opportunity to crush that authority and to make Aceh part of the Dutch
East Indies, like the test of the archipelago.
Cut Nyak Meutia was daughter of Teuku Ben Daud, a promirent leader and fighter. It
is no wonder (bat Cut Nyak Meutia followed in her father's footsteps, because from an early
age site fought bravely along with the men on the guerrilla war front. Site was married to
Teuku Syamsarif was sympathetic to the Dutch, and uninterested in the plight of the
Acehnese. As a devout
Muslim she could rot fight as a single woman because that would have been improper.
Therefore she married Teuku Cut Muhammad, her first husband's younger brother, who was
the opposite in character to his brother. Together with her second husband she crossed rivers,
went down ravines, climbed mountains and crawled in the forests in guerrilla warfare against
the Dutch. The couple led the revoit which exhausted the Dutch and the Acehnese alike.
Exaspemted, the Dutch decided to put an end to this by resorting to trickery.
One day Teuku Cut Muhammad was invited by the Dutch Military Commander to
conte for 'peace talks'. Muhammad accepted the invitation with high hopes, but while he was
talking to a Dutch officer he was arrested. The death penalty was passed, but Muhammad
was offered the opportunity of freedom if he apologized to the Dutoh. Teuku Cut
Muhammad refused so the date was set for the execution.

11. Cut Nyak Meutia was divorced from Teuku Syamsarif because ........
A. they had no child
B. site didn't love him
C. site had a second husband
D. he was sympathetic to the Dutch
E. her father was a promirent leader while Syarif
Jawaban : D

12. What had the Dutch met since they set foot in Aceh ........
A. Refusal and hatred from the Acehnese
B. Sympathetic attitude from the leader
C. Good cooperation from the Aceh people
D. Acknowledgement of the Acehnese
E. The plight of the Acehnese
Jawaban : A

13. Which of the following statement is not true according to the text?
A. Teuku Ben Daud was Cut Nyak Meutia's father
B. Cut Nyak Meutia fought against the Acehnese
 C. Teuku Syamsarif was Cut Nyak Meutia first husband
D. Cut Nyak Meutia was killed in a fight against the Dutch
E. The Dutch resorted to a trick to arrest Teuku Cut Muhammad
Jawaban : B

14. The First paragraph tells us that ....

A. the Dutch had a strong wish to occupy Aceh
B. the Dutch had met loyal acceptance in Aceh
C. Aceh became part of the Dutch in the very beginning
D. the Dutch played a trick to the Acehnese
E. the Dutch offered the opportunity of freedom
Jawaban : A

15. Teuku Syamsarif was uninterested in the plight of the Acehnese. (paragraph 2).
The underlined word means ....
A. suffering D. resistance
B. cruelty E. authority
C. ill-manner
Jawaban : E

MARKS TWAIN
His real name was Samuel Langhorn Clemens. His father died when he was still a
child and his family was poor. One needs a living to live. He was forced to leave school and
work with a small newspaper as an apprentice. He liked his job, but he wanted very much to
write articles. "If only I were given the chance to write for this newspaper", he often wished:
His wish came true when use day the editor of the newspaper was absent. In his absence,
Sam had the chance to write. He wrote humorous things about the people of his, town.
Humorous articles followed. The first articles made people angry; they thought the author
made fun of them. It didn't take long, however, for them to realize that the articles meant no
harm and indeed were very entertaining. As for Sam, the success of chose early articles made
him realize that he had a talent for writing. Thus the way to world fame had been opened up.
Besides writing, adventure was another thing which deeply attracted Sam. The desire
to have adventures made him travel a lot and led him to different kinds of jobs as he travelled
from one place to another. He went to New York three years after his first article, and loud a
job on a newspaper. Then be vient to Philadelphia, where be also worked on a newspaper.
He enjoyed the work in Philadelphia, but the call for adventure again took him away
from his job. He returned to Missouri. This time be didn't work with a newspaper but became
a steamboat pilot instead. It was on this steamboat that his imagination was fed with the
experiences necessary for his latter literary works. Much of that be wrote later was actually
the kind of life that he had lived before. He was aisle on his steamboat that be picked up the
words "Mark Twain" for his per-naine later. The words, which were used by men on the
steamboat to report the depth of the water, meant "two fathoms deep".

16. What did Mark Twain do after leaving school ?

A. He wrote articles for a newspaper
B. He worked with a small newspaper
 C. He worked on a steamboat
D. He wrote humorous articles
E. He worked in New York
Jawaban : B

17. Samuel travelled a lot because ....

A. he wanted to become a steamboat pilot
B. he has written his first articles
C. he enjoyed different work
D. he liked adventures very much
E. he needed a better life
Jawaban : D

18. Which one of the statement is not true according to the test?
A. Front his first articles, Sam knew that he had a talent for writing
B. The articles Sam wrote made the people of this town entertained
C. Sam's pen-name was taken from the measurement used to report the depth of water.
D. After working as a steamboat pilot, Sam wrote a lot about his own experience
E. Sam's success in writing started when he was absent from his work in a small
newspaper
Jawaban : E

19. Being inexperienced, Samuel was ... to a job on a newspaper with low wages.
A. apprenticed D. picked up
B. entertained E. trained
C. desired
Jawaban : A

20. The desire to have adventure made Mark Twain travel a lot.
The underlined word means ....
A. need D. want
B. wish E. talent
C. will
Jawaban : B

WATER

Water is an essential component of all living malter. The body itself consist of more
than 70% water. Water is necessary for weathering processes that convert rock to soil and
for the transport for us against the harmful radiations from outer space and the chilling
temperatures at night. Water is so much a part of our daily lives that we take all this for
granted, we drink it, wash with it, use it to dispose of our waste products and for countless
other domestic purposes.
The widest use of water in some countries is for irrigation. The farmers grow rice
extensively to satisfy the need for this staple food. With the programmes priority to increase
rice production, the heavy use of water for agriculture will continue in the future.
 Industry depends on water. The manufacture of foodstuffs, textiles, piper-marking,
steel industries and the production of thermal power are enormous water consumers.
Water sources can be classified as either surface water or ground water. Surface water
originates from two main sources, rivers and rainfall which act as the sources of water in
urban areas. Rain water falling on land areas partly infiltrates the earth's surface and is partly
intercepted by plants, white some evaporates. Water collected in lakes, swamps streams and
rivers can be used to provide an urban water supply.
It is a natural tendency to think of our water supply in terms of surface water, but the
amount available art any given time in.streams, lakes and rivers is less than 3%. The largest
amount, more than 97%a is ground water. Therefore ground water resources still serve as the
major source.
With the growing demand for clean water we have to look for new sources. In addition
to spring water, Indonesian cities at present obtain water through the purification of surface
water, by means of deep wells, and in some instance also from shallow wells. Jakarta and
Bandung are examples of chies that obtain additional water from deep wells. Madiun gets
water from a battery of shall Wells, at depths varying from 8 to 17 metres.

21. What is the use of water for plants !

A. For weathering processes
B. For disposing of waste products
C. For the chilling temperatures at night
D. For the transportation of soil nutrients
E. For protection for the radiations from other space
Jawaban : D

22. The first paragraph talks about ....

A. the body that consists of lots of water
B. water that can change into soil
C. water that can be in the form of vapour
D. the danger of water for human beings
E. the importance of water for human beings
Jawaban : E

23. Which of the statement is not true according to the text ?

A. Water can be used for recreation
B. We need more water for agriculture
C. Rainfall is the biggest resource of water
D. Surface water comes from rivers and rainfall
E. Technological advances can make more water available
Jawaban : C

24. ..... is another way to get clean water in big cities.

A. Making dams D. Making irrigation
B. Water purification E. Water Supply
C. Collecting rainfall
Jawaban : B
25. Steel industries and the production of thermal power are enormous water consumers.
The underlined word means ........
A. a large number of D. little
B. a small number of E. lack of
C. a number of
Jawaban : A

26. The head of a university is a ....

A. head master D. dean
B. lecturer E. clerk
C. rector
Jawaban : C

27. There are a lot of cars for visitors to ... if they want to travel around the City.
A. drive D. catch
B. find E. hire
C. buy
Jawaban : E

28. A Buddhist priest will sprinkle holy water on to the couple.

The word 'sprinkle' means ....
A. pour D. shower
B. throw E. spread
C. spray
Jawaban : C

29. Look at the picture !

What is the name of this kind of sport ?

A. Long jump D. High jump
B. Shot put E. Pole vault
C. Hurdles
Jawaban : D

30. If you open a savings account, you will get ... on your money.
A. loan D. investment
B. credit E. interest
C. check
Jawaban : E
31. Jane : Where's Budi?
John : Sorry, he's not here. I think he ... TV in the living room
A. watch D. is watching
B. watches E. will watch
C. watched
Jawaban : D

32. The tiger is climbing ........ the tree.

A. at D. into
B. on E. over
C. up
Jawaban : C

33. Barri : Can I borrow your English bock, Yanti?

Yanti : Sure. But when ....?
A. was it returned D. is it being returned
B. will it been returned E. had it been returned
C. has it been returned
Jawaban : B

34. .......... Mr. Hasan decided not to buy the watch.

A. If he had a lot of money,
 B. Although he had only little money
C. Whereas he had got plenty of money,
D. Because he had already spent a lot of money,
E. Since be had already got a lot of money,
Jawaban : D

35. Mr. Rudi, ... house is near mine, will go to America.

A. whose D. that
B. which E. Who
C. whom
Jawaban : A

36. Teacher: Why don't you answer my question, Didi ?

Didi : Well, I would answer the question if I knew it.
From the dialogue we know that Didi ....... , the answer.
A. had known D. knew
B. doesn't know E. knows
C. didn't know
Jawaban : B

37. Albert didn't go to school yesterday. He had a toothache. He ... have gone to the
dentist.
A. must D. will
B. could E. can
C. should
Jawaban : A

38. Father : Which one do you want for your birthday present, Ria, a pair of shoes or a
dress?
Ria : I'd rather have a dress than a pair of show.
From the dialogue we know that Ria ....
A. prefers to have a dress than a pair of shoes
B. prefers a dress than a pair of shoes
C. prefers a dress to a pair of shoes
D. prefers have a dress to a pair of shoes
E. prefers having;a dress than a pair of shoes
Jawaban : C

39. The women over there is my dancing teacher.

Dancing teacher means ....
A. the teacher's dance
B. the teacher who teaches dancing
C. the teacher whose hobby is dancing
D. dancing is the teacher's favourite
E. the teacher who enjoys dancing
Jawaban : B
40. Father : Have you done your homework?
Ali : Yes, father.
Rudi : What did your father say, Ali ?
Ali He asked me whether I ... my homework
A. had done D. haven't done
B. have done E. have been doing
C. hadn't done
Jawaban : A

41. Rina : "I'd like to go on sighiseeing this afternoon. What about you, Rini?
Will you accompany me'?"
Rini : ... what time shall we start?"
A. Yes, sure D. Forgive me
B. Excuse me E. See you later
C. Not at all
Jawaban : A

42. X : Oh, Tom! Are you working here ?

Y : Yes, I have been working here for three weeks.
X : ! Oh! Really ?
The underlined utterance expresses ....
A. agreement D. regret
B. surprise E. wish
C. dislike
Jawaban : B

43. X : Oh, hello! You don't look too well. What's the matter?
Y : Well, actually I've got a bad headache.
X : That's ton bad. You'd better take some aspirin.
The underlined utterance is normally used, to express ....
A. sympathy D. advice
B. surprise E. wish
C. regret
Jawaban : D

44. John has to do the task but he forgot to bring his pen. Then he asks his friend for
permission to use his pen.
Which of the following utterances does not expresspermission ?
A. May 1 use your pen?
B. Could I use your pen?
C. Mind if I use your pen?
D. I wonder if I could borrow your pen?
E. Do you know that I need your pen?
Jawaban : E
 45. Dina : "It's very hot in this room, isn't it ?"
Tuty : "..., Budi?"
A. Would you be so kind as to open the window
B. How can you open the window
C. Will you open the window
D. Didn't yen open the window
E. Do you open the window
Jawaban : C

LATIHAN 8

THE STORY OF THE ALPHABET

The word 'alphabet' contents from alpha, and beta, the first two letters of the Greek
system of writing.
The alphabet we know today was first developed by the ancient Egyptians. Their
system of writing was called hieroglyphics, which means "priest writing", because the priests
were the only people who knew how to write and use it. In this system signs or pictures were
used to show both objects and ideas. So it was a kind of picture writing. Later, the Egyptians
also used signs to stand for single letters. They did it like this : The Egyptian word for water
was "nu" and the sign for it was a wavy line. Then they used this sign just for the sound "n",
the first letter of their word for water.
After that came the Phoenicians, who developed a true alphabet where letter alone
were used. They adopted most of the Egyptian letters, but some were quite different. Perhaps
the letters were taken from the writing of the Assyrians. The Phoenician alphabet had
nineteen letters and contained no vowels.
A great number of nations, including the Greeks, adopted Phoenician alphabet. The
Greeks made some changes and added some vowels to it. The Greek alphabet contains
twenty-four letters. Some of the letters are the same as we ourselves use, such as the letters N
(Nu) and O (omicron).
When the Greeks had finished developing their alphabet, The Romans adopted it. They
also made some changes. They added and dropped some letters and altered the shape of
others.

1. What did the signs or pictures of the Egyptian system of writing show ?
A. kind of picture writing D. Objects and ideas
B. Consonants and vowels E. Single letters
C. How to write and use
Jawaban : D

2. The ancient Egyptian system of writing was called ...... which means "priest writing".
A. Egyptian letters D. Greek system
B. hieroglyphics E. alphabet
C. Phoenician
Jawaban : B

3. Which of the following statements is not true according to the text ?

 A. The Phoenician alphabet contains no vowels
B. The Greek alphabet was adopted by the Romans
C. The Roman alphabet contains twenty three letters
D. It was the ancient Egyptians who first developed the alphabet
E. Many countries used the Roman alphabet because they liked it
Jawaban : C

4. Their system of writing was called hieroglyphics, which means "priest writing",
because the priests were the only people who knew how to write and use it. (paragraph
2).
"It" in the above sentence refers to .......
A. writing D. hieroglyphics
B. system E. system of writing
C. alphabet
Jawaban : D

5. The Romans also adopted the Phoenician alphabet but dropped some letters and altered
the shape of others.
The underlined word in the above sentence means .........
A. used D. omitted
B. took E. shortened
C. changed
Jawaban : D

TANAH TORAJA
The Toraja are descendants of immigrants who entered Indonesia a long long time ago
from South China. They believe in ancestral worship, and one of the customs that is still
practiced today is the "death feast". A deceased person is not buried immediately, but kept in
a coffin called "tongkonan" for as long as two years. The corpse is treated as though still
among the living and offered food and drink. This practice comes to an end only when the
burial ceremonies have taken place.
The preparations for a funeral take a long time and cost a lot of money. People need at
least one year to prepare the "death feast" and to notify the relatives about the forth coming
ceremonies. These preparations also take account of which social class the deceased
belonged to, because only the members of the top and second classes are entitled to the most
elaborate funeral ceremonies. On the other hand, members of the lowest classes are not
permitted to hold such ceremonies, even though they may have reached high positions in
society during their lifetimes.
The Toraja society recognizes three social classes, namely the highest class or
"tokapua", to which belong the landlords and people in traditional leadership positions, the
second class or "tomakako", to which belong smaller land owners and people in the middle
class positions, and the common people or "tobuda", to which belong the manual-workers
and the sharecroppers. The highest class makes up 5%, the second 25%, and the lowest 70%
of the population, which according to the 1972 census numbered 316.986.

6. The Toraja stop offering food and drink to the dead person after .......
 A. the person died D. two year preparation
B. the burial ceremonies E. the forth coming ceremonies
C. one year preparation
Jawaban : B

7. Why are the lowest classes not permitted to hold elaborate funeral ceremonies ?
A. They are manual workers D. They are smaller landowners
B. They are share croppers E. They are strict to their customs
C. They are lower classes
Jawaban : E

8. There are three social classes in the Toraja society.

This idea is mentioned in paragraph ........
A. I D. 1 and 2
B. 2 E. 1 and 3
C. 3
Jawaban : C

9. On the other hand, ... even though they may ... (paragraph 2).
What does they in the above sentence refer to ?
A. The members of the top classes
B. The members of the second classes
C. The members of the lowest classes
D. Elaborate funeral ceremonies
E. Such funeral ceremonies
Jawaban : D

10. A deceased person is not buried immediately.

The following words/phrases have the same meaning as the underlined word,
except ......
A. quickly D. right now
B. at once E. right away
C. directly
Jawaban : D

CUT NYAK MEUTIA

Cut Nyak Meutia was one of Indonesia's national heroines who fought bravely against
the Dutch and who lost her life at the front in Aceh, North Sumatera. Her struggle is closely
interwoven with the history of the Acehnese and their fight against the Dutch colonial
government. Ever since the Dutch set foot in Aceh they had met with resistance and enmity
from the entire population. Up to 1871 the authority of the Aceh Sultanate had been
preserved and acknowledged by the outside world, including the west. But the Dutch had
been waiting for an opportunity to crush that authority and to make Aceh part of the Dutch
East Indies, like the test of the archipelago.
Cut Nyak Meutia was daughter of Teuku Ben Daud, a promirent leader and fighter. It
is no wonder (bat Cut Nyak Meutia followed in her father's footsteps, because from an early
age site fought bravely along with the men on the guerrilla war front. Site was married to
Teuku Syamsarif was sympathetic to the Dutch, and uninterested in the plight of the
Acehnese. As a devout
Muslim she could rot fight as a single woman because that would have been improper.
Therefore she married Teuku Cut Muhammad, her first husband's younger brother, who was
the opposite in character to his brother. Together with her second husband she crossed rivers,
went down ravines, climbed mountains and crawled in the forests in guerrilla warfare against
the Dutch. The couple led the revoit which exhausted the Dutch and the Acehnese alike.
Exaspemted, the Dutch decided to put an end to this by resorting to trickery.
One day Teuku Cut Muhammad was invited by the Dutch Military Commander to
conte for 'peace talks'. Muhammad accepted the invitation with high hopes, but while he was
talking to a Dutch officer he was arrested. The death penalty was passed, but Muhammad
was offered the opportunity of freedom if he apologized to the Dutoh. Teuku Cut
Muhammad refused so the date was set for the execution.

11. Cut Nyak Meutia was divorced from Teuku Syamsarif because ........
A. they had no child
B. site didn't love him
C. site had a second husband
D. he was sympathetic to the Dutch
E. her father was a promirent leader while Syarif
Jawaban : D

12. What had the Dutch met since they set foot in Aceh ........
A. Refusal and hatred from the Acehnese
B. Sympathetic attitude from the leader
C. Good cooperation from the Aceh people
D. Acknowledgement of the Acehnese
E. The plight of the Acehnese
Jawaban : A

13. Which of the following statement is not true according to the text?
A. Teuku Ben Daud was Cut Nyak Meutia's father
B. Cut Nyak Meutia fought against the Acehnese
C. Teuku Syamsarif was Cut Nyak Meutia first husband
D. Cut Nyak Meutia was killed in a fight against the Dutch
E. The Dutch resorted to a trick to arrest Teuku Cut Muhammad
Jawaban : B

14. The First paragraph tells us that ....

A. the Dutch had a strong wish to occupy Aceh
B. the Dutch had met loyal acceptance in Aceh
C. Aceh became part of the Dutch in the very beginning
D. the Dutch played a trick to the Acehnese
E. the Dutch offered the opportunity of freedom
Jawaban : A
 15. Teuku Syamsarif was uninterested in the plight of the Acehnese. (paragraph 2).
The underlined word means ....
A. suffering D. resistance
B. cruelty E. authority
C. ill-manner
Jawaban : E

MARKS TWAIN
His real name was Samuel Langhorn Clemens. His father died when he was still a
child and his family was poor. One needs a living to live. He was forced to leave school and
work with a small newspaper as an apprentice. He liked his job, but he wanted very much to
write articles. "If only I were given the chance to write for this newspaper", he often wished:
His wish came true when use day the editor of the newspaper was absent. In his absence,
Sam had the chance to write. He wrote humorous things about the people of his, town.
Humorous articles followed. The first articles made people angry; they thought the author
made fun of them. It didn't take long, however, for them to realize that the articles meant no
harm and indeed were very entertaining. As for Sam, the success of chose early articles made
him realize that he had a talent for writing. Thus the way to world fame had been opened up.
Besides writing, adventure was another thing which deeply attracted Sam. The desire
to have adventures made him travel a lot and led him to different kinds of jobs as he travelled
from one place to another. He went to New York three years after his first article, and loud a
job on a newspaper. Then be vient to Philadelphia, where be also worked on a newspaper.
He enjoyed the work in Philadelphia, but the call for adventure again took him away
from his job. He returned to Missouri. This time be didn't work with a newspaper but became
a steamboat pilot instead. It was on this steamboat that his imagination was fed with the
experiences necessary for his latter literary works. Much of that be wrote later was actually
the kind of life that he had lived before. He was aisle on his steamboat that be picked up the
words "Mark Twain" for his per-naine later. The words, which were used by men on the
steamboat to report the depth of the water, meant "two fathoms deep".

16. What did Mark Twain do after leaving school ?

A. He wrote articles for a newspaper
B. He worked with a small newspaper
C. He worked on a steamboat
D. He wrote humorous articles
E. He worked in New York
Jawaban : B

17. Samuel travelled a lot because ....

A. he wanted to become a steamboat pilot
B. he has written his first articles
C. he enjoyed different work
D. he liked adventures very much
E. he needed a better life
Jawaban : D
 18. Which one of the statement is not true according to the test?
A. Front his first articles, Sam knew that he had a talent for writing
B. The articles Sam wrote made the people of this town entertained
C. Sam's pen-name was taken from the measurement used to report the depth of water.
D. After working as a steamboat pilot, Sam wrote a lot about his own experience
E. Sam's success in writing started when he was absent from his work in a small
newspaper
Jawaban : E

19. Being inexperienced, Samuel was ... to a job on a newspaper with low wages.
A. apprenticed D. picked up
B. entertained E. trained
C. desired
Jawaban : A

20. The desire to have adventure made Mark Twain travel a lot.
The underlined word means ....
A. need D. want
B. wish E. talent
C. will
Jawaban : B

WATER

Water is an essential component of all living malter. The body itself consist of more
than 70% water. Water is necessary for weathering processes that convert rock to soil and
for the transport for us against the harmful radiations from outer space and the chilling
temperatures at night. Water is so much a part of our daily lives that we take all this for
granted, we drink it, wash with it, use it to dispose of our waste products and for countless
other domestic purposes.
The widest use of water in some countries is for irrigation. The farmers grow rice
extensively to satisfy the need for this staple food. With the programmes priority to increase
rice production, the heavy use of water for agriculture will continue in the future.
Industry depends on water. The manufacture of foodstuffs, textiles, piper-marking,
steel industries and the production of thermal power are enormous water consumers.
Water sources can be classified as either surface water or ground water. Surface water
originates from two main sources, rivers and rainfall which act as the sources of water in
urban areas. Rain water falling on land areas partly infiltrates the earth's surface and is partly
intercepted by plants, white some evaporates. Water collected in lakes, swamps streams and
rivers can be used to provide an urban water supply.
It is a natural tendency to think of our water supply in terms of surface water, but the
amount available art any given time in.streams, lakes and rivers is less than 3%. The largest
amount, more than 97%a is ground water. Therefore ground water resources still serve as the
major source.
With the growing demand for clean water we have to look for new sources. In addition
to spring water, Indonesian cities at present obtain water through the purification of surface
water, by means of deep wells, and in some instance also from shallow wells. Jakarta and
Bandung are examples of chies that obtain additional water from deep wells. Madiun gets
water from a battery of shall Wells, at depths varying from 8 to 17 metres.

21. What is the use of water for plants !

A. For weathering processes
B. For disposing of waste products
C. For the chilling temperatures at night
D. For the transportation of soil nutrients
E. For protection for the radiations from other space
Jawaban : D

22. The first paragraph talks about ....

A. the body that consists of lots of water
B. water that can change into soil
C. water that can be in the form of vapour
D. the danger of water for human beings
E. the importance of water for human beings
Jawaban : E

23. Which of the statement is not true according to the text ?

A. Water can be used for recreation
B. We need more water for agriculture
C. Rainfall is the biggest resource of water
D. Surface water comes from rivers and rainfall
E. Technological advances can make more water available
Jawaban : C

24. ..... is another way to get clean water in big cities.

A. Making dams D. Making irrigation
B. Water purification E. Water Supply
C. Collecting rainfall
Jawaban : B

25. Steel industries and the production of thermal power are enormous water consumers.
The underlined word means ........
A. a large number of D. little
B. a small number of E. lack of
C. a number of
Jawaban : A

26. The head of a university is a ....

A. head master D. dean
B. lecturer E. clerk
C. rector
 Jawaban : C

27. There are a lot of cars for visitors to ... if they want to travel around the City.
A. drive D. catch
B. find E. hire
C. buy
Jawaban : E

28. A Buddhist priest will sprinkle holy water on to the couple.

The word 'sprinkle' means ....
A. pour D. shower
B. throw E. spread
C. spray
Jawaban : C

29. Look at the picture !

What is the name of this kind of sport ?

A. Long jump D. High jump
B. Shot put E. Pole vault
C. Hurdles
Jawaban : D

30. If you open a savings account, you will get ... on your money.
A. loan D. investment
B. credit E. interest
C. check
Jawaban : E

31. Jane : Where's Budi?

John : Sorry, he's not here. I think he ... TV in the living room
A. watch D. is watching
B. watches E. will watch
C. watched
Jawaban : D

32. The tiger is climbing ........ the tree.

 A. at D. into
B. on E. over
C. up
Jawaban : C

33. Barri : Can I borrow your English bock, Yanti?

Yanti : Sure. But when ....?
A. was it returned D. is it being returned
B. will it been returned E. had it been returned
C. has it been returned
Jawaban : B

34. .......... Mr. Hasan decided not to buy the watch.

A. If he had a lot of money,
B. Although he had only little money
C. Whereas he had got plenty of money,
D. Because he had already spent a lot of money,
E. Since be had already got a lot of money,
Jawaban : D

35. Mr. Rudi, ... house is near mine, will go to America.

A. whose D. that
B. which E. Who
 C. whom
Jawaban : A

36. Teacher: Why don't you answer my question, Didi ?

Didi : Well, I would answer the question if I knew it.
From the dialogue we know that Didi ....... , the answer.
A. had known D. knew
B. doesn't know E. knows
C. didn't know
Jawaban : B

37. Albert didn't go to school yesterday. He had a toothache. He ... have gone to the
dentist.
A. must D. will
B. could E. can
C. should
Jawaban : A

38. Father : Which one do you want for your birthday present, Ria, a pair of shoes or a
dress?
Ria : I'd rather have a dress than a pair of show.
From the dialogue we know that Ria ....
A. prefers to have a dress than a pair of shoes
B. prefers a dress than a pair of shoes
C. prefers a dress to a pair of shoes
D. prefers have a dress to a pair of shoes
E. prefers having;a dress than a pair of shoes
Jawaban : C

39. The women over there is my dancing teacher.

Dancing teacher means ....
A. the teacher's dance
B. the teacher who teaches dancing
C. the teacher whose hobby is dancing
D. dancing is the teacher's favourite
E. the teacher who enjoys dancing
Jawaban : B

40. Father : Have you done your homework?

Ali : Yes, father.
Rudi : What did your father say, Ali ?
Ali He asked me whether I ... my homework
A. had done D. haven't done
B. have done E. have been doing
C. hadn't done
Jawaban : A
41. Rina : "I'd like to go on sighiseeing this afternoon. What about you, Rini?
Will you accompany me'?"
Rini : ... what time shall we start?"
A. Yes, sure D. Forgive me
B. Excuse me E. See you later
C. Not at all
Jawaban : A

42. X : Oh, Tom! Are you working here ?

Y : Yes, I have been working here for three weeks.
X : ! Oh! Really ?
The underlined utterance expresses ....
A. agreement D. regret
B. surprise E. wish
C. dislike
Jawaban : B

43. X : Oh, hello! You don't look too well. What's the matter?
Y : Well, actually I've got a bad headache.
X : That's ton bad. You'd better take some aspirin.
The underlined utterance is normally used, to express ....
A. sympathy D. advice
B. surprise E. wish
C. regret
Jawaban : D

44. John has to do the task but he forgot to bring his pen. Then he asks his friend for
permission to use his pen.
Which of the following utterances does not expresspermission ?
A. May 1 use your pen?
B. Could I use your pen?
C. Mind if I use your pen?
D. I wonder if I could borrow your pen?
E. Do you know that I need your pen?
Jawaban : E

45. Dina : "It's very hot in this room, isn't it ?"

Tuty : "..., Budi?"
A. Would you be so kind as to open the window
B. How can you open the window
C. Will you open the window
D. Didn't yen open the window
E. Do you open the window
Jawaban : C
LATIHAN 9

HOW TO STAY HEALTHY

"A healthy mind in a healthy body". That is the motto of every athlete in the word.
People can be happy only if they are healthy. There are several important things we must do
in order to stay healthy. First, we must get enough regular physical exercise. Second, we
must live in a clean house. Third, we must have enough time to rest. Rest is an important
physical exercise. And fourth, we must eat adequate quantities of nutritious food. Good food
is very important for keeping our body healthy, Food which contains a lot of nutriments is
always good or our body. Nutriments are used by our body for energy, growth and for
building new body tissues. Nutriments are of five important groups: proteins are the most
important nutriments for young people. Proteins also rebuild worn-out body tissues. We can
acquire proteins from meat, chicken, peas, beans, coconuts, eggs and milk.
Carbohydrates are as important as proteins, because they are the main source if energy.
The body needs energy to do its work. Carbohydrates are found in flour, bread, cake, rice,
potatoes, cassava, corn , sugar and sweets.
Fats are another important source of energy, We can find fats in butter, margarine, milk,
coconut-milk, eggs, fish, meat and ice-cream. However, too much fat can make our body fat
and this is dangerous for our heart. It can cause heart attacks.
Mineral salts such as calcium, magnesium, phosphorus, and iron are also absolutely
necessary for our body. For instance, calcium, magnesium and phosphorus are necessary for
the growth of our bones and teeth. Iron is important for our blood.
Vitamins are important for our health. The body cannot make its own vitamins, so it
depends on our food for these. We must eat food which contains a lot vitamins, such as
vegetables and fruit. They help the body to absorb other nutrients in food. Vitamins control
our digestion.

1. Too much ........ is not good for our health especially our heart.
A. fat D. mineral
B. protein E. carbohydrate
C. vitamin
Jawaban : A

2. The main source of energy is carbohydrates.

It's informed on paragraph ........
A. 1 D. 4
B. 2 E. 5
C. 3
Jawaban : B

3. Which of these statements is true according to the text ?

A. Proteins are not needed by our body
B. Vitamins are important for our blood
C. Calcium can be found in carbohydrates
D. Too much fat can make our body healthy
E. Nutriments are needed to keep our body healthy
Jawaban : E
 4. What do we get much from vegetables and fruit ?
A. fats D. minerals
B. proteins E. carbohydrates
C. vitamins
Jawaban : C

5. "Protein also rebuild worn out body tissues". ( Paragraph 1)

The underlined phrase means ........
A. tired D. damaged
B. broken E. destroyed
C. repaired
Jawaban : D

VOLCANOES
In Indonesia, mudflows have been the major cause of destruction and loss of human life
during volcanic catastrophes and landslides. Another kind of disaster which calmed victims,
but which was not directly caused by volcanic eruptions, happened at the Dieng Plateau,
Central Java. February 1979 : two eruptions and poisonous, suffocating gases caused the
death of 149 people.
Disasters in the past may have been caused by ground movements and tectonic
earthquakes which are often inherent in volcanic outbursts. Examples of these are the
earthquakes in Bali in 1963, which took place after the eruption of the Agung volcano, and
the earthquake in West Java in the 1960s, caused by the Salak volcano, So far, a direct
relationship between tectonic earthquakes and volcanic eruptions has not been observed.
Tectonic earthquakes may also be the cause of Tsunamis. This phenomenon occurred
during the Krakatau catastrophe in 1883, and caused the death of the people living in the
coastal areas that this earthquake was caused by sea waves, which in turn were the result of
the collapse of the Krakatau volcano into the sea. This explosion was are of the most violent
eruptions in historic times, and its collapse formed a caldera in the seabed.
The menace of volcanoes in general is grater than that of other natural disasters. If an
eruption occurred in the Toba region, for example, where floatable deposits are found in
great quantity, it would entail a catastrophe. In such cases man is powerless.
Volcanic eruptions, besides clamming thousands of lives and causing loss of property
and damage to villages, are on the other hand, beneficial to agriculture. The ash they produce
is responsible for the fertile soil around active volcanoes.
Volcanoes, with their craters, lakes and solfataras are places of interest for local as well
as foreign tourists. Volcanic rock is used in the manufactures of building materials, and
volcanic heat is capable of generating electricity.

6. When did the most violent eruptions of volcano happen ?

It happened in ........
A. 1883 D. 1963
B. 1949 E. 1979
C. 1960
Jawaban : A
 7. The main idea of paragraph 5 is ........
A. The benefits of volcanic eruptions
B. The ash produced by active volcanoes
C. the fertile soil around active volcanoes
D. The disasters caused by volcanic eruptions
E. The damaged villages around active volcanoes
Jawaban : A

8. The collapse of the Krakatau volcano had caused a big hole on the ........
A. coat D. ground
B. crater E. plateau
C. seabed
Jawaban : C

9. Which statement is not true according to the text ?

A. Volcanoes do not only cause disasters
B. The mudflow is one of the dangerous natural disasters
C. Tsunamis may also be caused by tectonic earthquakes
D. Poisonous, suffocating gases are dangerous but not killing people
E. There was an earthquake after the explosion of the Agung volcano
Jawaban : D

10. "Volcanoes, with their craters, lakes and solfataras are places of interest for local as
well as foreign tourists." 'solfataras' means ........
A. hot material D. poisonous gases
B. water vapour E. hot sulfurous water
C. hot mineral's
Jawaban : E

AIR POPULATION
Every day both industrial and domestic chimneys emit vast amounts of dirt and harmful
gases. The exhaust fumes from thousands of car engines add to this huge volume of filth.
Sulphur dioxide, Produced mainly by the burning of coal and oil, combines with the
moisture of the air to for sulphuric acid. This eats away stone, brick and even metal. Doctors
reason that if it can do this, it must damage the lungs of people who breathe it, especially
over a period of many years.
Usually the effects of air pollution are not instantly noticeable. Occasionally, though,
there have been catastrophic "smogs". (The word smog is a combination of smoke and fog).
One of these occurred in the town of Donora, Pennsylvania, in the U.S.A. The valley in
which the town lies traps the smoke and fumes from the steelworks and chemical plants that
fill it. One day, in October 1948, unusual weather conditions prevented the smog from lifting
by the afternoon, as it normally did. Instead, it hung over the town for three days. By the end
of the third day, nearly 6000 people were ill. More than 60 percent of those aged 65 and over
were seriously ill. 20 people died. At last a heavy rain shower cleared the smog.
One of the chief causes of air pollution in many cities is the internal combustion engine.
Cars, lorries, and buses give out the gas called carbon monoxide, which in high
concentrations can kill a person in a confined apace. Cars also throw into the air fine particles
of rubber and asphalt from their tires and the road, and particles of asbestos from their brake-
linings. These can cause damage to the lungs when breathed in.
Another source of pollution is the nuclear power stations which produce a great amount
of poisonous radioactive waste. This waste must be sealed up and buried beneath the ground
or seabed so carefully that there is no danger of leakage. Some scientists are very worried
that we are not being careful enough with nuclear waste. It may not all be buried safely. Also,
they fear there may be a serious accident at a nuclear power station, releasing deadly
radiation into the air.

11. According to the text, stone, brick, metal can be worn away by ........
A. damp air D. sulphur dioxide
B. harmful gases E. Chemical process
C. sulphuric acid
Jawaban : C

12. "The bad result of air pollution can't be seen immediately." is in paragraph ........
A. 1 D. 4
B. 2 E. 5
C. 3
Jawaban : C

13. Why did many people in Donora die and get seriously ill ?
A. They had been suffering from sickness for along time
B. They were trapped in the steelwork and chimneys of their house
C. They smelled the gas coming from the chimneys of their house
D. They had breathed the fumes of factories that hung over the town
E. They worked in the steelwork and chemical plants without using masks
Jawaban : B

14. Which of the following sentences is not true according to the text ?
A. Smoke and fumes are air pollutants
B. Particles off asbestos are harmless to human beings
C. Harmful gases are produced by industrial and domestic chimneys.
D. There is a possibility that a nuclear power station releases deadly radiations into the
air
E. The people of Donora were not aware of the existing of the unlisted smog in their
town
Jawaban : E

15. "The valley in which ........ and chemical plants that fill it." (paragraph 3)
The word "it" refers to ........
A. fog D. valley
B. smog E. smoke.
C. town
 Jawaban : C

WILD LIFE CONSERVATION

There is reason for the deep concern about the plight of wildlife on our country. Many
rare species are threatened with extinction because of the greed of hunters and game
collectors. Orang utans are rarely found their natural habitat in the forests of Kalimantan and
Sumatera, but one may find them in zoos and private menageries all over the world. Ruthless
hunters kill innocent elephants for their valuable ivory tusks or catch them alive to perform in
circuses. Tigers hides decorate walls and floors of rich people's home in distant countries.
It is feared that if things are allowed to continue in this way, very soon all wildlife will
disappear from our forest. Fortunately, the government has now imposed strict laws on
hunting. Some areas are designated wildlife reserves where hunters cannot enter. Theses
include Ujung Kulon and Pangandaran in west Java. Merubetiri in East Java, and many more
on the other islands.
Some time ago our newspapers contained reports of elephants which had run in the
province of Lampung. They had emerged from their abode in the forest and destroyed crops
and houses belonging to the villagers. The people could not understand why the beasts had
suddenly gone wild. The strange thing was that the animals had not come for food, because
having wrought destruction they returned to the forests. They seemed to have come only to
vent their anger. As elephants by law, the people could not kill any of them.
The explanation for the elephants strange behavior is that they felt their quite life had
been disturbed by the timber feeling projects and saw mills set up deep in the forest. The
animals felt their domain was being narrowed by man, and so they got angry. Elephants need
peace and quiet for their family life. They live in herds, and each like to have its own
territory.
Now the government has driven the elephants back into the forests, away from any
village or lumber-mill. By shooting and shooting in the air the people drove the great beasts
to a new abode in the district of Air Sugihan. It is hoped that they will feel at home there, and
can live in peace and quiet.

16. Why do hunters kill tigers ?

A. To prevent other destructions D. To vent their anger
B. To protect other animals E. To get their hides
C. To create a quiet
Jawaban : E

17. Strict laws are imposed on hunting to ........ wildlife.

A. trap D. reduce
B. drive E. conserve
C. destroy
Jawaban : E

18. The reason why the elephants behaved strangely can be found in paragraph ........
A. 1 D. 4
B. 2 E. 5
C. 3
 Jawaban : D

19. Which of the following statements is not true according to the text ?
A. Our government forbids the hunters to enter wildlife reserves.
B. Elephants emerged from their abode because they needed food
C. Elephants are protected by law so nobody is allowed to kill them.
D. Elephants live in herds and each herd likes to have is own territory.
E. Orangutans can live peacefully in the forests of Kalimantan and Sumatera.
Jawaban : B

20. A hard of elephants had emerged from their abode in the forest of Lampung.
The underlined word means ........
A. come in D. come out
B. come to E. come across
C. come on
Jawaban : D

21. Look at the picture !

The ........ of the box is 480 cubic meters or 480,000 litres.

A. depth D. height
B. width E. length
C. volume
Jawaban : C

22. Galileo invented an instrument which enabled him to see distant things looking larger
and nearer. The instrument is called a ........
A. bioscope D. microscope
B. periscope E. stethoscope
C. telescope
Jawaban : C

23. What do you call a young person who is no longer a child ?

A. A man D. A grown up
B. An adult E. An adolescent
C. An infant
Jawaban : E
24. "Even during the Japanese occupation we did not cease our effort to achieve national
independence", Soekarno said.
Cease means .......
A. do D. leave
B. stop E. make
C. start
Jawaban : B

25. The discovery of penicillin led to the development of the antibiotics such as
streptomycin, amphycilin etc.
The closest meaning of the underlined word is ........
A. resulted in D. influenced by
B. produced in E. carried through
C. motivated by
Jawaban : A

26. He was greatly surprised to look at his footprints in the soft moon sand.
The antonym of the underlined word is ........
A. hard D. liquid
B. smooth E. empty
C. water
Jawaban : A

27. The following are the duties of the police except ........
A. breaking laws D. arresting thieves
B. preventing crimes E. protecting people
C. regulating traffic
Jawaban : A

28. An ambassador is a person who heads the embassy and ........ his government in
diplomacy or diplomatic affairs.
A. manages D. develops
B. controls E. represents
C. improves
Jawaban : E

29. Look at the picture

 The arrow points to the ........
A. liver D. pancreas
B. lungs E. stomach
C. intestine
Jawaban : C

30. To change the voltage of an electric current we use a ........

A. fuse D. generator
B. plug E. transformer
C. switch
Jawaban : E

31. Which of these words doesn't belong to food and drink ?

A. juice D. porridge
B. desert E. refreshment
C. omelet
Jawaban : B

32. My brothers has been ........ from law School for two years, but he is still unemployed.
A. awarded D. examined
B. finished E. graduated
C. educated
Jawaban : E

33. He began teaching at SMA 3 in 1990. He ........ there for 6 years in that school this
year.
A. teach D. had taught
B. teaches E. has taught
C. taught
Jawaban : E

34. When I arrived home, my parents ........ TV.

A. watched D. were watching
B. have watched E. have been watching
 C. were watching
Jawaban : D

35. The students may to use their dictionaries during the test.
The sentence above means, They are ........ to use their dictionaries during the test.
A. allowed D. advised
B. ordered E. asked
C. obliged
Jawaban : A

36. John said that ........ the key

A. I did not find D. he had not found
B. he did not find i E. he has not found
C. I had not found
Jawaban : D

37. Brian : How did you solve the problem, John ?

John : I did it ........
A. as you suggested
B. because I knew what to do
C. since nobody could solve it
D. although it was very difficult
E. whenever you wanted me to
Jawaban : A

38. If I were rich, I could go around the world.

The sentence means ........
A. I am rich, so I can go around the world.
B. I can go around the word because I am rich
C. I am rich, so I want to go around the world
D. I am not rich, so I can't go around the world
E. I am not rich, but I can go around the world
Jawaban : D

39. The children went to school by taxi but they arrived late.
The taxi driver ........ have taken them around.
A. may D. should
B. must E. ought to
C. could
Jawaban : B

40. It is very dark. We cannot see ........

A. all D. something
B. nothing E. everything
C. anything
Jawaban : C
 41. I Would rather watch TV than listen to the radio.
The sentence above means that ........
A. I like both but I like watching TV more
B. I like both but I like listening to the radio more
C. I like watching TV as well as listening to the radio
D. I like watching TV but I don't like listening to the radio
E. I don't like watching TV but I like listening to the radio
Jawaban : A

42. Greis : I didn't see Rizal the whole day yesterday.

Dot : The medicine which the doctor gave had kept him ........ all day yesterday.
A. sleep D. sleeping
B. slept E. to sleep
C. sleeps
Jawaban : D

43. Nadi : Is your father at home ?

Rudy : No He is out to have the car cleaned.
From the dialogue above we can conclude that ........
A. Rudy will clean the car
B. Nadi wants to clean the car
C. Father himself cleans the car
D. Father asks Rudy to clean the car
E. Father asks someone to clean the car
Jawaban : E

44. Yad : ........ about losing your pencil I borrowed yesterday.

Nevi : It doesn't matter. I still have another one.
A. I'm sure D. I don't mind
B. I'm sorry E. I could't tell you
C. I don't care
Jawaban : B

45. Andy : It's hot in this room. May I open the door ?
Budi : Certainly. In the dialogue above,
Andi is asking for Budi's ........ to open the door.
A. opinion D. permission
B. intention E. information
C. agreement
Jawaban : D

LATIHAN 10

In the 1990s, the astronomer Edwin Hubble found that stars exist in huge groups,
called galaxies. It was only about seventy years ago that astronomers who were taking
pictures of the heavens noticed some vague, cloud like formations on their photographic
plates. It was thought that there were near clouds of gases. But as larger, more accurate
telescopes were constructed, the 'gases' turned out to be something far more surprising
galaxies.
Galaxies, is a vast, rotating group of stars, gas and dust. Galaxies have been called'
island universes', because each one of them is indeed like a universe. The earth, the sun,
which is actually a star and other planets of our solar system are tiny parts of our galaxy,
which. is called the 'MILKY WAY". This name comes from the Greek word galaxies which
means “milky way".
Our Milky Way galaxy is, only of a "normal size". Yet it is very vast, containing about
one hundred billion (thousand million) stars including the planets of our solar system and
other materials such as gases and Oust. The diameter of our galaxy is so fast as the speed of
light (about three million per second), it would take you a hundred thousand years to cross it.
How many kilometers is that ? Well, since light travels about nine and half trillion (million)
kilometers in a year, multiply that by 100.000 yard, you have the answer: our galaxy the
Milky Way, is about 950 quadrillion kilometers in diameter. (A quadrillion is the number I
followed by fifteen zero)

1. When did the astronomers learn that the 'gases' they saw were actually galaxies ?
A. When they studied the cloud like formations.
B. After more accurate telescopes were constructed.
C. When the astronomers were taking pictures of the heavens
D. When Hubble found that the stars exist in huge groups.
E. Seventy years before Hubble found that the stars exist in huge groups.
Jawaban : B

2. A person who is an expert in outer space objects is called an ........

A. astronaut D. archeologist
B. astrologer E. anthropologist
C. astronomer
Jawaban : C

3. Which of the following statements is not true according to the text ?

A. Milky Way contains about one hundred billion a stars
B. An astronomer, Edwin Hubble, found galaxies in the 1900s.
C. The diameter of our galaxy is about 950 quadrillion kilometers
D. It would take a thousand years to cross the diameter of our galaxy
E. Stars and other planets of our solar system are called the Milky Way
Jawaban : B

4. Paragraph 3 tells about the ........

A. the exact size of the planets
B. the estimated size of the galaxy
C. the diameter of our solar system
D. the number of stars in the milky way
E. the amount of gases and dust in the galaxy
 Jawaban : B

5. "The earth, the sun, which is actually a star and other planets of our solar system are
tiny parts of our galaxy, which is called the "MILKY WAY ".(Paragraph 2)
The underlined word means very ........
A. separate D. slight
B. simple E. scarce
C. small
Jawaban : C

6. "It was only about seventy years ago that astronomers who were taking pictures of the
heavens noticed some vague, cloud-like formations on their photographic plates."
(Paragraph 1) 'vague' means ........
A. not clear D. hard to believe
B. very dark E. difficult to recognize
C. quite accurate
Jawaban : A

The Greek word "tele" means "far off". Telecommunications refer to long-distance
communications by radio, telegraph, telephone, and television. Most of today's long distance
communication are electronic.
Telecommunication is very fast because the sound and picture signals travel as electric
currents along wires, radio waves through the air and space, or light waves along glass fiber.
Radio waves and signals travel almost as fast. Telephone and radio networks use
communication satellites orbiting in space high above the earth.
Telecommunication system is any set of devices and techniques employed for the long
distance transmission of voice, facsimile, data, teleprinter, or television signals. All
telecommunication systems operate according to the same basic principles. They differ from
each other chiefly in the specific types of information handled and the media over which they
are transmitted. Familiar examples of such system are radios, televisions, telephones,
telegraphs and computer-based data exchange or retrieval systems. In most cases,
telecommunication systems transmit information via wire, radio, or space satellite.

7. Telecommunication is very fast because ........

A. the long distance communication is electronic
B. the information is transmitted to distant places
C. the sound and picture signals travel like electric currents
D. all the systems are operated according to the same basic principle
E. the communication satellites are orbiting in space high above the earth
Jawaban : C

8. Which statement is true according to the text ?

A. Telephone networks are exchanging data
B. Telephones meet you with someone far away
C. Radio networks transmit sounds and pictures
D. Communication is just signaling information
 E. Telephones enable us to make worldwide communication.
Jawaban : E

9. The topic of the second paragraph is ........

A. how the satellite orbits in space
B. how the sound and pictures travel
C. the use of communication satellites
D. how radio waves and signals travel
E. reasons why telecommunication is very fast
Jawaban : E

10. Which of the following sends messages received from machines in other places ?
A. Radio D. Television
B. Telegraph E. Teleprinter
C. Telephone
Jawaban : C

11. "Telecommunication system is any set of devices and techniques employed for the
long distance transmission of voice, facsimile, data, teleprinter, or television signals.,"
(Paragraph 3).
The underlined word means ........
A. Installed D. Applied
B. Operated E. Made
C. Produced
Jawaban : B

12. "Familiar example of such systems are radios, televisions, telephones, telegraphs, and
computer-based data exchange or retrieval systems."
(Paragraph 3) "systems" means ........
A. Ways D. Structures
B. Devices E. Arrangements
C. Networks
Jawaban : B

The shopping mall, like most ambitious developments in the retail business; originated
in the USA. Essentially, the shopping mall is large building which contains many shops
under one roof. Inside, the shopping mall looks like a small town with walkways or streets
and along these streets are the shops, cafes and restaurants to suit every taste.
The ordinary streets in a city or town have been built for a number of purposes to allow
people to move rapidly from one place to another, to allow to enter their houses, to provide
places where buses stop, etc.
The shopping mall streets, on the other hand, have only one purpose-to assist shoppers
to move from one shop to another in comfort. Everything in the mall is designed for one
purpose only, to encourage people to buy-to shop until drop from exhaustion.
The negative side of shopping malls is that many shoppers spend more money than
they intend. The, attractive shop windows tempt shoppers into buying something they do not
really need. Shopping malls encourage what is called 'impulse buying' you see a dress in an
attractive shop window, and without thinking whether or not you need another dress, you buy
it on impulse. Afterwards you say to yourself, "I don't know why I bought that dress; I don't
even like it now! The answer is that you couldn't resist the temptation of the shopping mall
and modern retailing techniques.

13. One thing that people buy things they really do not need is ...........
A. the attractive shop windows
B. the desire of spending money
C. the design of the shopping mall
D. the good facilities of the malls,
E. the atmosphere in the shopping mall
Jawaban : A

14. Which of the following statements is not true according to the text ?
A. All shoppers do a lot of impulsive buying
B. The city streets are different from the shopping mall streets.
C. A shopping mall resembles-a small town with walkways or streets.
D. The shopping mall tempts shoppers to linger around and buy things
E. The shopping mall streets have various functions to assist shoppers
Jawaban : E

15. Paragraph 3 tells us about .............

A. the situation in the shopping mall
B. haw the things displayed to attract shoppers
C. the relaxing atmosphere in the shopping mall
D. how the shoppers move from one shop to another.
E. the purpose of building streets in the shopping mall
Jawaban : E

16. What is the aim of building walkways or streets inside the shopping mall ?
A. To make the shoppers feel at a small town
B. To encourage the shoppers to spend their money
C. To make the shoppers buy things they don't need
D. To make the shoppers shop until they get very tired
E. To enable shoppers to move from one shop to another
Jawaban : B

17. "The shopping mall streets, on the other hand have only one purpose to assist shoppers
to move from one shop to another in comfort." (Paragraph 2).
The underlined word means to ........
A. Let D. Admit
B. Ask. E. Access
C. Help
Jawaban : C
 18. The attractive shop windows tempt shoppers to ." (Paragraph 4)
The underlined word means ........
A. Ask D. Attract
B. Urge E. Influence
C. Invite
Jawaban : D

HYDROPONICS FARMING WITHOUT SOIL

Hydroponics is not a new process. As long ago as 1690, an English physician tried
growing plants in water in a laboratory experiment. In 1800 some German researchers used
the method to develop many of the formula for plants nutrient solutions which are still in use
today. About a generation ago hydroponics moved out of the research laboratory into
commercial use. In 1936 a Californian physiologist. WF Gerick, published guidelines for
hydroponics agriculture.
One of the leading companies in the field of hydroponics is Hydroponics Incorporated
of Glendale, Arizona. It operates about 200 greenhouses on a 48 hectare site. It produces
more than 2,7 million kilograms of fruit and vegetables each year mostly tomatoes, but also
cucumbers, lettuces and melons. Crop yields are excellent: for example each mature tomato
plant produces an average of 12.1 kilos of fruit in a year of two growing cycles. This
compares with about 9 kilos for two crops of the average soil grown plant.
Everything is carefully controlled in the greenhouses : the temperature, the humidity,
and the air circulation. wind, hail, frost, drought, weeds and insects are all excluded.
A hydroponics farm operated by the government of Kuwait produces fresh tomatoes at
a desert site near the capital city. At Puerto Penasco, Mexico, and on Adiyat Island in Abu
Dhabi, experimental hydroponics farms use sea water that is desalinated by special
installations located on the coast.

19. The main idea of paragraph 1 is ........

A. Hydroponics has developed since 1690
B. Hydroponics is already used for commercial use
C. New technique of growing plants have been found
D. A new technique of growing plants is being developed
E. German researches have been involved in hydroponics
Jawaban : C

20. The topic of paragraph two is ........

A. Hydroponics Incorporated of Glendale
B. The quality of the Incorporated product
C. The advantages of growing plants in water
D. Various products of Hydroponics Incorporated of Glendale
E. The greenhouse owned by Hydroponics Incorporated's greenhouse
Jawaban : D

21. Which of the following statements is true according to the text ?

A. Vegetables can be planted in desert area
B. The crop yields in Mexico and Abu Dhabi are very good
 C. It is impossible to use sea water in hydroponics farms
D. The researchers stopped their experiments for about a generation
E. Wind, frost, weeds, and insects are carefully controlled in the green house
Jawaban : E

22. The hydroponics farming in Arizona is more ........ than the soil farming.
A. Suitable D. Beneficial
B. Valuable E. Adaptable
C. Effective
Jawaban : D

23. It is understood that since 1690 hydroponics system had been undergoing ........ for
more than a generation.
A. Trials D. Developments
B. Changes E. Improvements
C. Expansions
Jawaban : D

24. "About a generation ago hydroponics moved out of the research laboratory into
commercial use." (Paragraphs 1)
"Research" means a detailed ........
A. Study D. Exploration
B. Analysis E. Description
C. Discussion
Jawaban : D

In the 7th century A.D paper folding was brought to Japan. The Japanese ....(25).... many
of China's arts and crafts into their own ....(26).... of folding paper. They found new method
of how to make ....(27).... forms and images and made origami a highly creative art.
From a few simple folds the Japanese make very beautiful forms ....(28).... the real ones.
Some are used as religious symbols to ....(29).... the temples. Others are good-luck symbols,
such as the tortoise, and lobster, which are ....(30).... as ornaments to gifts.

25. A. Increased D. Improved

B. Developed E. Expanded
C. Enlarged
Jawaban : D

26. A. Illustration D. Expression

B. Imagination E. Creation
C. handicraft
Jawaban : E

27. A. Tiny D. Highly

B. Lucky E. Lovely
C. Costly
 Jawaban : E

28. A. With D. As
B. And E. Or
C. For
Jawaban : D

29. A. Equip D. Cherish

B. Design E. Decorate
C. Polish
Jawaban : E

30. A. Taken D. Changed

B. Used E. Presented
C. Given
Jawaban : B

31. Hardware of a computer is anything related to the ........ of a computer.

A. Memory D. Construction
B. Capacity E. Instructions
C. Processing
Jawaban : D

32. Entertainments like Betawi traditional dances or plays are greatly promoted to attract
tourists.
The underlined word means things which give ........
A. Hostility D. Friendship
B. Pleasure E. Hospitality
C. Happiness
Jawaban : B

33. Rury : "What may the farmers in your area do instead of growing crops ?"
Didin : "They raise livestock."
'Livestock' means the animals that are kept ........
A. In a cage D. In a field
B. On a farm E. In a stable
C. In a cave
Jawaban : B

34. You should listen to the weather ........ if you want to enjoy swimming at the beach.
A. Announcement D. Broadcast
B. Explanation E. Forecast
C. Observation
Jawaban : E

35. Buyer : Well, I'll take this cabinet but How can I get it home ?
 Trader : Don't worry. I'll ........ to your house. I can order them now.
A. To deliver it D. Have my men deliver it
B. Have delivered it E. Have asked to deliver it
C. Have to delivered it
Jawaban : D

36. Bobby : Why do we have to keep our house neat and clean, Mom ?
Mother : To keep ourselves healthy
Father : What did Bobby ask you ?
He asked ........ their house neat and clean.
A. Whether they have to keep D. Why they had to keep
B. Did they have to keep E. If they had to keep
C. Why they have to keep
Jawaban : D

37. Rita : Hi Rin. Have you finished your english paper ?

It's is too difficult for me : I can't do it.
Rini : Let's do it together.
Rita : O.K.
In the dialogue above Rita expresses her ........
A. Impatience D. Disappointment
B. Uncertainty E. Dissatisfaction
C. Incapability
Jawaban : C

38. Rony : Would you like me to switch on the light ?

It's very dark here
Peter : Yes, please.
The underlined expression means ........
A. Rony offers to switch on the light
B. Rony has Peter switch on the light
C. Peter ask Rony to switch on the light
D. Rony ask Peter to switch on the light
E. Peter wants to help Rony switch on the light
Jawaban : A

39. X : Excuse me. You might not see the notice over there
We are not allowed to smoke here.
Y : ........ I really did not see it
A. It's my fault D. I know what you mean
B. I'm terribly sorry E. It's not yet
C. I wish I could smoke
Jawaban : A

40. X : Do you remember Mary ?

She was killed in the car accident 1976
 Y : ........ no body told me about it.
A. That's all right D. I am sorry to hear that
B. I beg your pardon E. I am delighted to know it
C. I wish I could see her
Jawaban : D

41. Anton : Rob, It is a holiday tomorrow.

What about camping with our classmates ?
Roby : I'd love to but I think I can't.
I have to help mother at home.
The underlined expression means that ........
A. Anton doesn't go camping
B. Roby is not able to go camping
C. Roby will go camping with them
D. Anton doesn't want Roby to go camping with them
E. Anton allows Roby to go camping with their classmates
Jawaban : B

42. Andi : Have you ever been to the Pancasila Sakti Museum ?
Budi : Oh, yes I've been there twice.
Andi : It's a great museum, isn't it ?
Budi : Yes, I hope people will never forget the violence of the communist in our
country.
Andi : I hope so.
From the dialogue we know that Andi ........
A. Reminds us of the violence of the communist
B. Expects there won't be any violence in Indonesia
C. Expect there will be another museum to remind the Indonesian people
D. Thinks the Indonesian people will remember the violence of the communist.
E. Expects the museum will remind the Indonesian people of the communist's violence
Jawaban : E

43. Principal : Do you think they will be succeeded in the final exams ?
Teacher : I can't say that for sure.
From the dialogue we conclude that the teacher feels ........ whether his students will
succeed in the final exams.
A. Worried D. Uncertain
B. Unhappy E. Disappointed
C. Hopeless .
Jawaban : D

44. Khaterina : Hallo, I am Khaterina, a new student ........ ?

Lisa : Oh, sure. Please take a sent
A. May I sit here D. Could I borrow your book
B. May I use your pen E. Can you tell me your name
C. May I know your name
 Jawaban : A

45. Rita : Tom can you speak Japanese ?

Tom : I wish I could. It's really difficult.
From the dialogue we know that Tom ........ speak Japanese.
A. Cannot D. Will not
B. Did not E. Doesn't want to
C. Has not
Jawaban : A

46. She ........ her medicine when I visited her in the hospital.
A. Was taking D. Takes
B. Is taking E. Took
C. Will take
Jawaban : A

47. Hiroko gets anxious to see Indonesia. If ........ she can soon leave for Indonesia.
A. She would get a visa D. She gets a visa
B. She could get a visa E. She got a visa
C. She will get a visa
Jawaban : D

48. Mechanical farming urges that tractors ........ to plough rice-fields instead of manual
power.
A. May be used D. Are to be used
B. Can be used E. Ought to be used
C. Would be used
Jawaban : B

49. I don't have any ........ to the idea of using our national production as the quality is not
bad at all.
A. Choice D. Objection
B. Comment E. Suggestion
C. Refusal
Jawaban : D

50. The money you borrow from a bank is called a ........

A. Bill D. Deposit
B. Loan E. Interest
C. Fund
Jawaban : B

51. The cutting down of trees in the forest by ........ entrepreneurs has caused floods in
many parts of the country. They don't care about the result.
A. Irresponsible D. Abnormal
B. Uneducated E. Sensible
 C. Irrational
Jawaban : A

52. Kartini passed away when she was 25 years old. "passed away" means ........
A. Went D. Ceased
B. Died E. Vanished
C. Left
Jawaban : B

53. DR. Alexander Flemming is known as the ........ of penicillin.

A. Maker D. Discoverer
B. Founder E. Experimenter
C. Inventor
Jawaban : C

54. Rudy : Wait, the water might not be able to flow because of the trash.
Let me check the trench.
Roy : ............. ! It's slippery there.
A. Handle with care D. Be careful
B. Take good care E. Careful
C. You must care
Jawaban : D

55. Attending his son's inauguration, Abdullah could not help saying." Son, you look great,
and I've never been so happy before."
He said that because he ....... his son.
A. Was shocked by D. Was proud of
B. Was praised by E. Was fond of
C. Was admired
Jawaban : D

LATIHAN 11

People can do a lot about the conditions in which they live. They should refrigerate food
properly when necessary and they should not leave food lying around because it may attract
insects and rats. To avoid these pests, the proper care of garbage is also very important.
Careful housekeeping is extremely important to sanitation and good health. People should
keep all parts of the house neat and clean. They should scrub bathrooms and kitchens often.

1. The topic of the above paragraph is about ........

A. the problem of insects
B. healthy condition at home
C. the danger of insects and rats
D. the importance of clean bathrooms
E. the necessity of having a refrigerator
Jawaban : B
 2. The main idea of the above paragraph is ........
A. We should clean and scrub the floor everyday
B. Rats and garbage are the main causes of disease
C. Rats and insects must be kept away from the house.
D. Healthy conditions are very important for our health
E. People use refrigerators to prevent food from turning bad.
Jawaban : D

Mexico City is growing very fast. In 1970 the city had about nine million people. Now it
has over 17 million. All these people who mostly come from the country are causing the
problems for the city. There are not enough jobs. Also, there is not enough housing. Large
families have to live together in very small homes. Many homes do not have water. They also
do not have bathrooms or electricity. In addition, the air of Mexico City is dirty and
unhealthy. The smoke from the factories and cars pollutes the air of the city. All these
problems make the government work hard to make life better in the city.

3.
The topic of the above paragraph is about ........
A. the problems of Mexico City
B. the growing population in Mexico
C. the reason why country people like the city
D. the poor and the unemployed in Mexico City
E. the efforts to raise people's standard of living
Jawaban : A

4. What was the mainly caused problems of Mexico City ?

A. The populated air of the city
B. The available jobs in Mexico City
C. The rapid growth of country people
D. The housing provision by the government
E. The migration of country people to the city
Jawaban : C

Before gold and silver were brought to Europe from the Spanish and Portuguese
colonies in Latin America during the sixteenth century, inflation had not been a major
problem. Since that time, however, inflation has been a significant economic issue, especially
during and after wars.
Currently, in many countries of the world, people are facing problems caused by
inflation, which is a decrease in the purchasing power of money because of continuous rises
in the prices of available goods. There are two different kind of inflation. each of which can
affect people's lives.
When inflation is discussed, people generally refer to an increase in price, wages, and
the amount of money circulating in a country's economy. The most common type of inflation
is called creeping inflation because there is a steady but manageable increase in the rate of
inflation within a year. Prices rise continuously, so that workers ask for higher wages to
cover the increasing costs of housing, food, and transportation. Although such wage
increases are inflationary, they are often unavoidable. As a result, a government may have to
impose price and wage controls in order to control this type of inflation.
A less common type of inflation is called hyperinflation, which is usually due to war or
occupation by a foreign country. During a period of hyperinflation, price levels double
rapidly. As there is too much money available in the economy, the currency decreases in
value, and people lose confidence in their government's financial competence. To win back
the trust of the people, the government may create a new currency.

5. Which of the following is TRUE according to the text ?

A. Inflation became a serious economic issue in the late 1600s
B. Workers can support their families because of their high wages.
C. To avoid inflation, the government should increase the people's wages
D. Whatever type of inflation a country experiences, it affects every individual in
society
E. The Spanish and Portuguese colonies brought gold and silver to Europe in the gear
1600.
Jawaban : D

6. What is paragraph 3 about ?

A. Creeping inflation D. Inflation in many countries
B. The rate of inflation E. Uncontrolled price increases
C. the cause of inflation
Jawaban : A

7. What is the topic of paragraph 4 ?

A. The effects of hyperinflation
B. The decreasing value of money
C. The creation of new currency
D. People's trust in the government
E. Efforts to overcome inflation
Jawaban : A

8. The following are the characteristics of inflation except .......

A. rising prices of available goods
B. declining purchasing power
C. higher costs of living
D. increasing demands for higher wages
E. a decrease of the circulation of money
Jawaban : E

9. What is the common cause of inflation?

A. People are not earning enough money
B. Govemment control on the economy is too strict
C. There are always political conflicts between nations
D. There is too much money circulating in the economy
 E. The costs of housing and transportation have doubled
Jawaban : C

Mr. Baker : Hello, Mr. Fanelli. Please have a seat. What can I do for you today?
Mr. Fanelli : I want to borrow some money to buy a car. A friend of mine, Jack
Richardson, bought a new car last week. He told me that he got his loan here.
Mr Baker : Oh, yes. I remember him. I was the loan officer who spoke with him.
Mr. Fanelli : He said that you were very helpful. I know very little about loans and hope
you can explain things to me.
Mr. Baker : I will certainly try. What questions did you have for me ?
Mr. Fanelli : First, I want to know if loans for buying cars are commercial loans or
personal loans.
Mr. Baker : Neither, Mr. Fanelli. They're auto loans. A commercial loans is principal that
banks lend to businesses. Personal loans are made to individuals, but not for
buying cars.
Mr. Fanelli : What about interest rates?
Mr. Baker : The rate of interest currently in effect on auto loans is 16
Mr. Fanelli : For how long will I have to make monthly payments ?
Mr. Baker : The term of the loan is three years, so there will be 36 monthly payments.
Mr. Fanelli : Do I have to give the bank any collateral ?
Mr. Baker : The car serves as collateral. If you default, the bank can take possession of
the car The bank also checks your credit file to make sure that you always
paid back your loans in the past. Do you have any charge accounts?
Mr. Fanelli : My wife and I bought our furniture with our charge card and we even used it
to buy airplane tickets for our vacation in California last year. We paid off
both those debts promptly
Mr. Baker : That's very good. I assume there will be no problem. But the first thing you
have to do is to fill out this loan application.
Mr. Fanelli : Thank you very much. I'll start right now.

10. What is the topic of the above dialogue ?

A. Kinds of loans D. Property as guarantee
B. Applying for a loan E. Buying a car on credit
C. The rates of interest
Jawaban : E

11. Where does the dialogue take place ?

A. In a bank D. At Mr. Baker's house
B. In a car showroom E. At Jack Richardson's office
C. In a department store
Jawaban : A

12. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE about Mr. Jack Richardson ?
A. He has got an auto loan
B. Heis Mr. Fanelli' , friend
C. He has given Mr. Fanelli some loans
 D. He is satisfied with the bank's service
E. He has told Mr. Fanelli where to get a loan
Jawaban : C

13. The purpose of Mr. Fanelli's visit to Mr. Baker is that ........
A. he want to buy a car
B. he is a bank customer
C. he want to get an auto loan
D. he wants to withdraw his money
E. he has a problem with his account
Jawaban : C

14. Before approving a loan, the bank investigates whether the client has ........
A. property as a guarantee
B. paid back all his past debts
C. applied for a car loan before
D. used his charge accounts regularly
E. bought furniture with his charge card
Jawaban : B

Fill in the blanks with the most appropriate words.

If you are about to look for a job, the suggestions I offer here can help you, whether or not
you have a high school diploma, whether you are just starting out or changing your job or
career. Before you try to ....(15).... a job, you have to answer the hardest ....(16).... of your
working file : "hat do I want to ....(17).... ?"
Here's a good way. Sit down ....(18).... a piece of paper and don't get up ....(19).... you've
listed all the things you're proud to ....(20).... accomplished. Your list might include being
head of a fund-raising campaign, or acting a juicy role in the senior play.

15. A. find D. apply

B. have E. search
C. start
Jawaban : A

16. A. thing D. statement

B. choice E. requirement
C. question
Jawaban : C

17. A. do D. find
B. get E. work
C. look
Jawaban : B

18. A. by D. with
B. on E. upon
 C. near
Jawaban : D

19. A. when D. till

B. since E. as
C. after
Jawaban : D

20. A. be D. being
B. hold E. become
C. have
Jawaban : A

21. Max : Hello, Mr. Andrews ? This is Max from Ripley's Realty
Mr. Andrews : Hi, have you found a house for me yet ?
Max : Yes, I have a great house to show you on padley Drive It's only
$200,000
Mr. Andrews : Oh, that's too expensive for me.
Max : Well, I have another on Bank street. It's only $ 85,000. But it only has
one bed room.
Mr. Andrews : Oh, that's not big enough.
Where is Max when he calls Mr. Andrews ?
A. At a housing exhibition
B. In a house on Bank street
C. In his office at Ripley's Realty
D. On his way to Mr. Andrew's house
E. In a beautiful house on Padley
Jawaban : C

22. Ali : Are there any interesting jobs in the paper today ?
Ani : Well, here's one for a tour guide. But you have to work on Saturdays and
Sundays.
Ali : I don't want to work on Sundays.
Ani : Neither do I. Oh, there's another here for a salesperson It's a job selling
children's
books.
Ali : Sounds interesting.
Why are Ali and Ani reading the "Help Wanted" advertisement ?
A. To become a tourist guide
B. To find a suitable job for Ali
C. To advertise an interesting job
D. To avoid working on weekends
E. To look for children's bookstrores
Jawaban : B

23. A : Can I help you ?

 B : Yes, something's wrong with my typewriter
A : Oh, what's the problem?
B : It doesn't work
A : OK. Let me have a look at it. Hm, it's the power button.
B : Oh, really?
A : Yes, Can you leave it here for repair?
B : OK, and how much will it cost?
A : Well,it should cost $2.
What does A do to earn his living ?
He works as a ......
A. clerk D. technician
B. plumber E. electrician
C. mechanic
Jawaban : C

24. Ramos : We're here to discuss the space programme.

We have a limited amount of time, so let's get strarted.
Vidia : I think the space programme is a waste of money.
Think of all the research scientists could be doing on disease with that money.

Furthermore, the money is coming out of the tax payer's pockets.

From the dialogue above we can conclude that Vidia ....... with the space programme.
A. disliked D. discouraged
B. disagreed E. dishonoured
C. dissatisfied
Jawaban : B

25. Budi : What's the matter, Lucy. Have you been crying ?
Lucy : Oh, I've just received a letter from my father. He says that the river has flooded

our village.
Budi : ............ I'm really sorry to hear that.
Lucy : Thank you. That's very kind of you.
A. Big deal D. That's too bad
B. Pardon me E. Shame on you
C. Calm down
Jawaban : D

26. Bobby : What will Rita do on the show?

Linda : She and her group will show traditional costumes from the 27 provinces.
Any objections ?
Bobby : No, not at all . .....
A. That's fine D. That's too bad
B. Take it easy E. It's for certain
C. That's insane
Jawaban : A
27. I have been wanting to go around the world The above sentence means the
speaker ........
A. has never done it
B. has seen a lot of the world
C. is travelling around the world
D. doen't have to go around the world
E. has often been back from around the world
Jawaban : A

28. X : Can I have your report on the last week's study tour to Lampung?
Y : I'm still working on it. But I ....... it by the time you're back from the meeting.
A. I am going to finish D. am finishing
B. will have finished E. will finish
C. have finished
Jawaban : B

29. A : Did Ann inviteTom to the party?

B : I don't know, but I am sure he ........ because he's her best friend.
A. invites D. has been invited
B. is inviting E. might have been invited
C. is being invited
Jawaban : D

30. As he usually works overtime, he is always very ........ when he gets home from work.
A. tired D. confused
B. bored E. disappointed
C. annoyed
Jawaban : A

31. Jack is the most ...... person that I've ever met. He never stops talking about himself
A. tiring D. terrifying
B. amazing E. embarrashing
C. annoying
Jawaban : C

32. Rita continued eating ........she heard the phone ringing

A. as soon as D. since
B. although E. after
C. because
Jawaban : B

33. Rina : I'm thinking of going to Brazil next year, Ria

Ria : Oh, great! I'm sure you'll have a good time there.
According to the dialogue Ria is ........ that Rina will enjoy her stay in Brazil.
A. happy D. doubtful
 B. certain E. satisfied
C. pleased
Jawaban : B

34. The manager always has his letters typed by his secretary
This sentence means that ........
A. the manager always types letters for his secretary
B. the manager has asked his secretary to type his 'atters
C. the manager always asks his secretary to type his letters
D. the manager is always asked by his secretary to type letters
E. the manager always type letters together with his secretary
Jawaban : C

35. The government is making new regulations on logging. Many people think that it's
already too late because many forests have been destroyed.
From the situation above we know that the government ........ new regulations long
before.
A. must have made D. would have made
B. must have made E. should have made
C. might have made
Jawaban : E

36. Many people are protesting about the high prices of staple food especially rice. The
government ........ do something to improve the economy.
A. could D. may
B. might E. can
C. must
Jawaban : C

37. I didn't get the job ........ I applied for.

A. who D. whom
B. that E. whose
C. what
Jawaban : B

38. The accident would not have happened if the driver in front had not stopped so
suddenly.
This mean that the accident happened ........
A. so that the driver in front stopped suddenly
B. because the driver in front stopped suddenly
C. when the driver in front didn't stop suddenly
D. although the driver in front could stop suddenly
E. despite the fact that the driver in front didn't stop suddenly
Jawaban : B

39. 'I wish I knew that Jane is ill'.

 From the sentence we know that the speaker ........
A. regrets that Jane is ill
B. has known that Jane is ill
C. has been told that Jane is ill
D. has not been told that Jane is ill
E. has visited Jane in the hospital
Jawaban : D

40. While Tom was playing football, he fell and had a seriously sprained ankle.
That's why the doctor ...... his ankle.
A. bandage D. covered
B. wrapped E. tied
C. fastened
Jawaban : A

41. Kus Hendratmo may not be a great actor but he is a very popular ....... He presented a
quiz programme on TVRI before.
A. commentator D. reporter
B. progammer E. speaker
C. entertainer
Jawaban : C

42. The bus is due to be here at 9 but it hasn't arrived yet.

The underlined word means ........
A. ordered D. supposed
B. directed E. controlled
C. arranged
Jawaban : D

43. Adi has cancelled buying the car because it ........ a great deal of fuel.
A. runs D. wastes
B. costs E. consumes
C. spends
Jawaban : E

44. She was very sad because the thief has stolen her most precious diamond necklace.
The underlined word means ........
A. usable D. valuable
B. saleable E. wonderful
C. exciting
Jawaban : D

45. Shinta made a nice picture by ........ some coloured paper with glue on a board.
A. using D. drawing
B. missing E. decorating
C. sticking
 Jawaban : C

46. Father seemed very affected by my success in winning the contest.

The underlined word means ........
A. awful D. agreeable
B. touched E. confident
C. shocked
Jawaban : B

47. Bob likes decorating his garden. That's the reason why he is going to study ........ after
finishing high school
A. interior design D. landscape gardening
B. flowering plants E. building construction
C. interior fumishing
Jawaban : A

48. I am concerned about the level of unemployment in Jakarta recently.

The underlined word has the same meaning as ........
A. sorry D. regretful
B. scared E. confused
C. worried
Jawaban : C

49. John is so satisfied with his trip to Bali last week that he is planning to have another
trip next year.
The underlined word mean .......
A. excited D. pleased
B. suprised E. exhausted
C. thrilled
Jawaban : D

50. The rates of sales volume of Bharata & Co from 1993 - 1997 in percentage

(Taken from the annual report of Bharata & Co. January 1998)
 From the graph we may conclude that the rate of sales volume of Bharata & Co ......
A. has increased steadily
B. sharply decreased in 1994
C. tends to decrease after 1995
D. does not reflect any increase
E. has developed within five years
Jawaban : C

LATIHAN 12

Lake Toba, which is situated in the center of Bukit Barisan Mountain range, is an
interesting mountain resort with Samosir island in the center of the lake. It boats many
modern hotels and facilities for water sport such as boating, water skying and swimming.
In West Sumatera, the center of culture and tourism is Bukit Tinggi, situated in the
highlands north of the provincial capital of Padang. West Sumatera is a land of scenic beauty
with green lakes and blue mountains.
Java has a great number of attractions, including the world renowned Botanic Garden in
Bogor, the wildlife reserve of Ujung Kulon on the south west part of the island. Borobudur, a
gigantic Buddhist shrine is situated 42 kilometers northwest, of Yogyakarta and the Ijen
crater lies in East Java and displays hot springs, waterfalls and free roaming deers as well as
a sulphur crater. A threehour drive from Surabaya, and then a pony fide from the village of
Ngadisari over the sea will take you to mount Bromo which is an active volcano with sulphur
fumes and smoke still emitting from its depths. The inhabitants of the surrounding areas
believe in the God of Bromo and bring offerings to his deity.
Bali is different from the rest of Indonesia because , of is unique form of Hinduism
called "Hindu Dharma!' 'Religion is the main source of traditional custom in family and
community life. The soul of a Balinese is religion and it finds its expression in art. Many
articles and books have been written on Bali.
 1. What natural beauty does West Sumatera have?
A. Active volcanoes D. Mountain resort
B. Watersport E. Green lakes and blue mountains
C. Modem hotels
Jawaban : E

2. Which of the following attractions is not found in the surroundings of the Ijen crater?
A. Hot springs D. A sulphur crater
B. Waterfalls E. Free-roaming deer
C. A sea of sand
Jawaban : C

3. Borobudur, a gigantic Buddhist shrine is situated 42 kilometers northwest of

Yogyakarta. The underlined word means ..........
A. nice D. large
B. huge E. wonderful
C. tall
Jawaban : B

4. How many tourist resorts are mentioned in the third paragraph ?

A. three D. six
B. four E. seven
C. five
Jawaban : C

A natural disaster is a terrible accident e.g. a great flood, a big fire or an earthquake. It
usually causes great suffering and loss of a large sum of money. The casualties are injured or
died. Some people are homeless and need medical care.
Floods occur when the water of rivers. Lakes, or streams overflow their banks and pour
out onto the surrounding land Floods are caused by many different things. Often heavy
rainstorms that last. For a brief time can cause a flood. But not all heavy storms are?
followed by flooding. If the surrounding land is flat and can absorb the water, no flooding
will occur. If, however, the land is hard and rocky, heavy rain cannot be absorbed. Where the
banks are low, a river may overflow and flood adjacent lowland
In many parts of the world floods are caused by tropical storms called hurricanes or
typhoons. They bring destructive winds of high speed, torrents of ram, and flooding. When a
flood occurs, the destruction to the surrounding land can be severe. Whole villages and towns
are sometimes swept away by water pouring swiftly over the land. Railroad tracks buckled
and are uprooted from their beds. Highways are washed away.
When a building caught fire, the firemen pitched in to help battle the blue. Before the
pumps were invented, people formed bucked brigades to fight fires. Standing side by side,
they formed a human chain from the fire to nearby well or never. They passed buckets of
water from hand to hand to be poured on the flames.
The damage of fire did depend a great deal on where it happened. In the country or a
small village, only a single house might burn down. But in crowded cities, fire often
destroyed whole blocks and neighborhoods before being controlled.

5. When is flood more likely to happen?

A. When heavy rainstorms happen on flat land.
B. When rainstorms happen on hard rocky land.
C. When heavy rainstorms happen on forest land.
D. When the water of rivers overflow into absorbing land
E. When banks of the rivers are adjacent to lowland.
Jawaban : E

6. All of the following information are natural disasters, except .........

A. rain D. hurricane
B. storm E. earthquake
C. flood
Jawaban : A

7. Why do hurricanes or typhoons usually cause great destruction?

Because they .........
A. bring destructive winds and torrential rains
B. are heavy enough to cause flood
C. are heavy storms
D. are hard winds
E. are tropical storms
Jawaban : A

8. Modern fire brigades use ........ to fight fire.

A. buckets of water D. fire pump
B. spraying sand E. fire arm
C. human chain
Jawaban : D

Nobody likes paying taxes. Even those who know that taxation is necessary and just
are reluctant to pay taxes. It is not pleasant to see part of your monthly income taken away
from you in income tax. Ignorant people think this is an injustice and make a grievance of it;
so it is just as well that we should know why we are taxed, so that We can see the fairness of
the system.
Every country must have a government of some sort, or life would be impossible. The
primary duties of a government are to protect the life and property of the citizens, to maintain
law and order and settle dispute between citizens, in a just and orderly way through the law-
courts, to defend the country from foreign foes, and to maintain the roads and highways.
Besides, many governments maintain and direct education, provide hospitals for the sick; and
attend to sanitation. All these great public duties need money : an army and navy have to be
kept up, the police force and the judges have to be paid, schools have to be provided and
teachers supported, expert health officers and sanitary engineers have to be employed. Now
where is all the money needed for the public service to come from ? The question is
answered by another. For whose benefits are all these service maintained ? The answer is, for
the benefits of the public. It is the people as a whole, rich and poor, that benefit by security of
fife and property, by the sound administration of justice, by the maintenance of roads, by the
public hospital, public schools, and good sanitation. Therefore it is only right that the public,
the individual citizens of the country should contribute the money needed; for the money
they give comes back to them in the shape of these public benefits which all enjoy.
So long, therefore, as we have a good and efficient government so long as our money
is being used in the right way, and so long as the burden of taxation is distributed fairly, as
different classes can bear it, we have no right to grumble at having to pay our share of the
taxes.

9. Which one of these titles is the most suitable for the text above?
A. Objections to Taxes D. Taxation is a Necessity
B. Why citizens are Taxed E. Income taxes
C. The Burden of Taxation
Jawaban : B

10. The topic of paragraph 2 is ...........

A. the reasons of taxation D. the duties of a government
B. the right of citizens E. the types of public services
C. the expenses of public duties
Jawaban : A

11. Why do people have to pay income tax?

Because .........
A. they have to pay tax for the things they need
B. they have to pay tax whether they are rich or poor
C. the tax is needed to carry out the government's public duties
D. they have to pay tax for the things they buy or sell.
E. they have to pay tax for the government benefit
Jawaban : C

12. According to the text the following statements are true, except ........
A. Everyone knows that taxation is necessary
B. The public must bear their shares of public expense
C. It is the government's duty to provide hospitals for the sick
D. TV same amount of income tax is imposed on the rich and the poor
E. The taxpayers enjoy public services provided by the government
Jawaban : D

JAKARTA - When the government announced the liquidation of 16 banks last

Saturday, many people are surprised as they did not expect their bank to be on the list, Others
were still trying to come to terms with the fact that they had lost their jobs.
"I heard on the radio that 16 bank were liquidated, that's why I came here, to check
whether I could still withdraw my money," said Prapto, who claimed to have a deposit in one
of the liquidated banks on JI. Thamrin. But the said he couldn't get it as it was Saturday and
most banks do not open then.
 The headquarters of some of the liquidated banks, such as Bank Pacific and Bank
Industry look calm, with only a few people coming and going. Several people called the
'Observer' last Saturday afternoon two find out which banks had been liquidated.
I Nyoman Moena, a noted banking analyst told the 'Observer' it is a normal reaction for
people to panic when hearing such things, but, he said, the government must certainly have
anticipated the situation. "I think the monetary authority must have been prepared this tune,
after the announcement of the liquidation of Bank Sumina in 1992," Moena said referring to
the guarantee by the government two pay depositors in to weeks on November, 13, 1997 and
the naming of the banks that will handle the pay outs.
When announcing the liquidations last Saturday, Bank Indonesia assured depositors
they would get their money back. Those who had less than Rp 20 million would get all their
money on November 13, while those who had over Rp 20 million would get up to Rp 20
million in the first stage with the remainder being paid later.
The President Director of Bank IFI Harry Rachmadi said yesterday that the liquidation
of sixteen bank would certainly have an impact in the community, as some people may lose
their jobs. To minimize the impact of the liquidations. it is important to accelerate the
process. Rachmadi said that the decision could also be a 'shock therapy' for Indonesian
banks. "Bank owners can no longer do as they want when operating their own banks," he
said. He also said that some members of the public should have anticipated this, as the press
had ear her reported the likely liquidation of some ailing banks following the currency
turmoil that hit the country in July this year.

13. The article is about ........

A. the liquidation of 16 banks
B. a shock therapy for banks
C. people's reaction about liquidated banks
D. the loss of money deposited in the liquidated banks
E. the impact of liquidated bank on the employees
Jawaban : C

14. The main idea of paragraph 4 is .........

A. some banks are assigned to handle the pay outs
B. the government has anticipated the people's reaction
C. the government guarantees to pay depositors by certain banks
D. I Nyoman Moena is a noted banking analyst
E. The liquidated banks do not guarantee that the depositors can get back their deposits
Jawaban : B

15. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the text ?

A. The hadquarter of the liquidated banks were crowded with people
B. Bank Summa was one of the banks liquidated last Saturday
C. The liquidation could be a shock therapy for Indonesian banks
D. Harry Rachmadi said that there will be no impact of liquidation in the community
E. The liquidated banks do not guarantee that the depositors can get back their deposits
Jawaban : C
 16. The pay outs will be given to depositors in stages.
This idea is stated in paragraph .........
A. 1 D. 5
B. 3 E. 6
C. 4
Jawaban : D

17. " ......., that's why I came here to check whether I could still withdraw my money, .......
(paragraph 2).
The underlined word means ........
A. take out D. put back
B. make known E. make certain
C. give away
Jawaban : A

MANILA (AFP) : The philippines has the most number of endemic bird species which
are in danger of extinction, according to a nation wide wildlife report obtained here
yesterday.
This includes the Cebu flower-pocker of which only four are known to stiff be alive,
making it the most endangered bird in the world, the Red Data Book' said.
An endangered species is defined as one that has a 20 percent chance of becoming
extinct in 20 years.
The 'Data Book' said the sweat of extinction was due to the growing destruction of the
forests which are the habitats of the birds and other wild animals, many of which are
similarly endangered.

18. The text is about ......

A. the 'Philippine Red Data Book' on animals
B. the Wildlife Conservation Society in the Philippines
C. the number of endemic bird species still available
D. the endangered habitats of birds in the Philippines
E. a report about the extinction of the most endangered birds
Jawaban : D

19. According to the 'Red Data Book', some bird and wild animals are in danger of
extinction because people ........
A. hunt them for sports D. change forests into their habitats
B. keep destroying forests E. catch them to be domesticated
C. move their habitats
Jawaban : B

20. Endangered species are .........

A. the forty percent of bird species in the world
B. all wild animals except the Cebu flower-pecker
C. birds which now remains twenty percent
D. the endemic bird species kept in captivity
 E. those predicted to be extinct within 20 years of time
Jawaban : E

21. The threat of extinction was due to ........"(paragraph 5)

The word 'threat' means .......
A. notice D. statement
B. warning E. announcement
C. danger
Jawaban : C

22. Pinta's mother is a ........ She teaches students at the Gajah Mada University.
A. teacher D. registrar
B. director E. lecturer
C. rector
Jawaban : D

23. You'd better put on your ....... when you go out, it's very cold outside.
A. vest D. sweater
B. scarf E. raincoat
C. tuxedo
Jawaban : D

24. Newspapers have on basic purpose, that is to get ....... as quickly as possible from
reliable sources to readers.
A. News D. advertisement
B. Report E. announcement
C. statement
Jawaban : A

25. Marlin : Christ where are you staying?

Christ : At Sahid Hotel
Marlin asked Christ ..........
A. where he stays D. where does he stay
B. where he was staying E. where had he stayed
C. where did he stay
Jawaban : B

26. It's 9 p.m Nancy is going to bed, so she says to the other members of the family .........
A. Bye-bye D. See you soon
B. Goodbye E. Good evening
C. Goodnight
Jawaban : C

27. Yunus : Dedi, let's spend this weekend for fishing. I have found a good spot.
Dedi : I am sorry, I hate fishing.
From the above sentence, Dedi shows his ....... for fishing.
 A. disagreement D. dissatisfaction
B. dislike E. discontentment
C. disappointment
Jawaban : B

28. Student : I've finished the test. Here you are, sir
Teacher : Good You ....
A. can't stay here D. may leave the classroom
B. will leave the room E. must say thank you
C. can't tell anything
Jawaban : D

29. This proposal was turned down by the personnel Manager.

The synonym of turned down is ........
A. received D. agreed
B. rejected E. taken
C. returned
Jawaban : B

30. An officer in a diplomatic mission whose duty is to care for the commercial interests of
his country is called an/a ..........
A. envoy D. diplomat
B. consul E. ambassador
C. attach
Jawaban : B

31. If you want to have your hair cut, why don't you go to him?
He is a famous ........ in the city ?
A. therapist D. barber
B. beautician E. tailor
C. manicurist
Jawaban : D

32. Affandi is one of the famous ....... In Indonesia. We really admire his works.
A. poets D. players
B. actors E. painter
C. artists
Jawaban : E

33. Lita : Fit, which do you like better, singing or dancing ?

Fitria : Well, I'd ... than dance.
A. better sing D. rather singing
B. have sing E. rather sing
C. prefer singing
Jawaban : E
34. Ruri : Do you know my cousin Bob ?
Ari : Sure, I haven't heard about him for a long time.
Ruri : He will get married next Sunday.
..........
Ari : No, I'm not.
A. Can I see you at the wedding party ?
B. Will you be attending his party ?
C. Do you feel like going to his party ?
D. Are you also invited ?
E. Do you mind going to the wedding with me ?
Jawaban : D

35. Passenger : Is it allowed to bring a bird on the plane?

Custom officer : I am sorry, that's not allowed.
The underlined utterance expresses ........
A. regret D. permission
B. coution E. prohibition
C. admiration
Jawaban : E

36. Bill : Have you considered my offer to work for our company?
George : Yes, I have, but I'd take the job if the salary suited me.
From the dialogue we may conclude that George ........
A. has accepted the job
B. has worked for the company
C. has not yet considered taking a job
D. has refused to take the job
E. has not heard about the job
Jawaban : C

37. Mr. Bronto leaves Surabaya for Medan by GIA 707 at 9 am. By 11 a.m he ........ there.
A. arrive D. will arrive
B. arrived E. will have arrived
C. was arriving
Jawaban : E

38. Journalist : Some of our forests in Kalimantan and Sumatera were destroyed
in the forest fire.
Official : It's a pity. The destruction of the rainforest could also bring
about the extinction of orangutans.
The underlined word means ..........
A. act of putting out
B. act of preserving
C. no longer in existence
D. prevention of loss
E. keep something for special purpose
 Jawaban : C

39. Rita : The Kasepuhans, a community living in and around the Gunung
Halimun national park still practice a traditional way of planting rice.
Kitty : For example?
Rita : They only grow local rice varieties, only plant once a year, and
reject the use of pesticides.
"reject" means ........
A. deny D. prevent
B. omit E. ignore
C. refuse
Jawaban : C

40. Tourist : Would you tell us where we can get handicraft for souvenirs?
Guide : Well, let's go to Pucang : it is very popular with its handicraft.
Almost all the people there make their living by ........ things from the horns of
buffaloes or cows.
A. making D. painting
B. taking E. cutting
C. drawing
Jawaban : A

41. Mother : When the price of petrol rises, the price of all basic commodities
follows to rise. It always happens like this.
Father : ...... that our income will be sufficient if there is no increase in our salary.
A. I am sure D. It's possible
B. It's certain E. I doubt
C. I am pleased
Jawaban : E

42. X : Although this is the best cinema in town, there are not many people visiting it.
Y : .... nowadays most people prefer spending their time at home watching TV.
A. Oh, no! D. That's right
B. I don't think so E. It's not true
C. Really?
Jawaban : D

43. X : Has she already got some medicine?

Y : If she had visited the doctor, she would have been given medicine.
From the dialogue above we know that ........
A. the doctor visited her and gave her medicine
B. she visited the doctor, so she was given medicine
C. she didn't visit the doctor, so she wasn't given medicine
D. although she didn't visit the doctor, she was given medicine
E. she didn't visit the doctor because the doctor had already given her medicine
Jawaban : C
44. Burhan : The river is very dirty. People shouldn't have thrown household
rubbish into the river.
Fikri : That's exactly what I think.
From the dialogue above we know .........
A. Fikri disagrees with Burhans's opinion
B. Burhan thinks exactly the same way
C. Waste material has not been collected
D. People polluted the river with rubbish
E. Burhan warned people not to throw rubbish in the river
Jawaban : D

45. Ricky : You look happy with your new job here.
Nelly : You're right. My family and I are happier here ...... my
salary is smaller than before.
A. in spite of D. since
B. although E. when
C. because
Jawaban : B

46. A : Do you know the woman speaking with? the professor?

B : Yes, she is our new lecturer ........
A. which also can speak English well
B. with whom she will help the professor
C. whose her daughter is a famous surgeon in this town
D. who is also an assistant of the minister of woman affairs
E. whom also working as a consultant in a foreign company
Jawaban : D

47. Dika : Can I borrow your laptop?

Ditya : Certainly, but what's wrong with yours?
Dika : It ....... now.
A. is being repaired D. has repaired
B. repaired E. is going to repair
C. is repairing
Jawaban : A

48. Mrs. Hilman : I like your garden. It is well-maintained.

Do you still have time to tidy it ?
Mrs. Anton : of course not ....... twice a week.
A. I always tidy it myself D. I have it tidied
B. I have tidied it E. I ask somebody to tidy it
C. I have to tidy it
Jawaban : D

49. A : More and more people have died as the victims of war.
 B : That's terrible. I wish we were living in a world with no war or in between
countries. The underlined sentence means ........
A. we are living in a peaceful world
B. we were living in a peaceful world
C. we are not living in a peaceful world
D. we were not living in a peaceful world
E. we will live in a peaceful world
Jawaban : C

50. X : Do you think that the monetary crisis will soon conle to an end ?
Y : ........, this condition won't be back to normal within mone or two years.
A. I am fed up with the news D. It's not my business
B. I am sorry to hear that E. It's very unlikely
C. It would be agreeable
Jawaban : E

LATIHAN 13

In my community its various organisms are linked in a complicated web of

relationships. There are usually in balance with one another. If the natural web is disturbed,
the results my be disastrous. As a rule, the various populations of organisms tend to adjust to
seasonal and other changes, and the whole community stays in balance. Most disturbances
come from man's activities.
In an undisturbed forest, white-tailed deer feed on plants of various kinds. Wolves and
mountain lions prey on the deer. When deer are numerous, their enemies become numerous
too, because them is so much to feed upon. The deer and their enemies stay in balance with
one another.
Then man enters the scene. He looks on aninuls such as wolves and mountain lions as
harmful. He kills as many as possible. When the animals that feed on deer are killed, the deer
multiply, without check. Soon the large deer population has eaten nearly all the plants
available for food. Then the deer begin to starve.
Another example of man's interference with natural communities is the use of chemical
insecticides. Grass in the sprayed areas my he eaten by cows. As a result, the milk of some
cows has been found to contain too much DDT. The insecticides are also collected in the
tissues of birds that eat the sprayed insects. Some of the affected birds lay eggs that do not
hatch. The number of birds therefore decreases, cutting down the food supply of other
animals.
Whether intended or not, almost every change that man has made in natural webs of life
has turned out to be a disaster for the communities involved. Man, of course, is part of the
world's living community. Everything he does affects all the rest of it, just as my change in
the community or climate around him affects his own well-being. Thus, by changing natural
communities, man may harm himself.

1. What is the text about .......

A. Forests
B. Disturbed forests
 C. Disturbed communuties
D. A complicated web of relationships
E. The interference of men with natural communities
Jawaban : E

2. The forest is disturbed becaase of .......

A. man's activities
B. the food supply of other animals
C. a complicated web of relationshp
D. the balance of the whole community
E. the various population of organisms
Jawaban : A

3. The following statements are TRUE according m the text, EXCEPT .......
A. Man's activities causes disasters
B. DDT is sprayed to kill insects
C. Man changes the natural communities
D. Man considers wild animals as harmful
E. Man does not disturb the natural web
Jawaban : E

4. 'The forest community stays in balance before man enters it."

This idea can be found in paragraph .......
A. 1 D. 4
B. 2 E. 5
C. 3
Jawaban : B

5. "If the natural web is disturbed, ...... " (paragraph I)

The synonym of the word disturbed is .......
A. defined D. disproved
B. derived E. interrupted
C. defended
Jawaban : E

The weather forecast, the story about the candidates, and the movie reviews are
examples of messages from the media. A communication medium is a means of
communicating a message. Examples of media are televisions, radios, newspapers, books,
and telephones. The media that can reach many people at once are called mass media.
It is not difficult to think of other messages we receive through the mass media Every
day we get hundreds of them Think about advertisements, for example. We see and hear
these messages almost everywhere we go. Advertisements are important messages, even
though they are sometimes annoying. They help us compare and evaluate products.
Most of us get information from the media than from the classroom. Think for a
moment about how you Team about local news and events. Do you depend on other people
or media? What about international news? What is the most important source of information
for you? People who am asked these questions usually answer 'Television".
We use the information we get from radios, televisions, newspaper and other media to
make decisions and opinions. That is why the mass media are so important. Editorials and
articles in newspapers help us decide how to vote. Consumers' reports on television help us
decide how to spend ow money, and international news on the radio or TV makes us think
and form opinions about questions of war and peace.
With each improvement in the media, audiences become larger and larger. Thanks to
the communication satellite, television audiences have become international. More than 500
million people watched the first walk on the moon, for example. And more than 1 billion
watched the events of the recent Olympic Games.

6. You can get the following information from television, EXCEPT .......
A. events D. messages
B. editorials E. international events
C. local news
Jawaban : B

7. What means of communication is the text focussing on .......

A. Newspapers D. Radios
B. Mass Media E. Books
C. Telephones
Jawaban : B

8. Promotions of various products ou TV .......

A. annoys viewers because there are too many
B. are products that most people cannot buy
C. are messages which people are not interested in
D. can be beneficial a disadvantageous
E. are the most interesting part of the TV presentations
Jawaban : E

9. The information obtained from mass media is important because it enables us .......
A. to write editorials D. to make television reports
B. to build up opinions E. to ask about war and peace
C. to decide how to advertise
Jawaban : B

10. From the text we may conclude that .......

A. there is a very tough competition among the mass media
B. people depend much come on books for information
C. there is a rapid development in communication technology
D. messages always give advantages for TV viewers
E. there is a decrease in the number of newspaper readers
Jawaban : C

By experimenting with combinations of chemicals, manufactures have produced a wide

variety of effective dusts and sprays to control plant pests. Some, such as those containing
pyrethrum, work well and do rat harm to people, pets, and birds. There am others that contain
stronger chemicals, such as DDT, melathion, fazinat, and chlorine. These can be extremely
dangerous if they are not properly used.
The first thing to do in dealing with plant pests is to seek the proper advice. Trained
salesmen at garden stores can supply valuable information on the correct product to use. If
the problem is a complicated or stubborn one, additional advice should be obtained from
government agricultural department offices.

11. How can manufactures gel various effective pesticides .......

A. By experimenting with combinations of chemicals
B. By combining different chemicals
C. By producing various chemicals
D. By spraying stronger chemicals
E. By controlling plant pests
Jawaban : A

12. What is the main idea of the second paragraph .......

A. Farmers should have good knowledge to fight plant pests
B. Agricultural department only deals with complicated problems
C. Valuable information to control plant pests is needed by farmers
D. Proper advice to control plant pests is provided by trained salesmen
E. Pesticides can be obtained freely in government agricultural department offices
Jawaban : C

13. What do farmers need before they use pesticides ........

A. Combinations of chemicals
B. Various stronger chemicals
C. Various effective dusts and sprays
D. Information about harmful pesticides
E. Valuable information in using pesticides
Jawaban : E

14. " .... to seek the proper advice." (paragraph 2)

The opposite of the word "proper" is .......
A. useful D. suitable
B. wrong E. ineffective
C. correct
Jawaban : B

15. Which statement is TRUE according to the text ........

A. Farmers have produced various of effective pesticides
B. Pesticides given by agricultural department offices are harmful
C. Farmers had experimented with combinations of chemicals before
D. Farmers should use strong and harmful pesticides though they are difficult to get
E. Pesticides which are strongly harmful to living things contain DDT, melathion,
 diazinon and chlorine
Jawaban : E

Oil, like coal and natural gas, is a fossil fuel. Fossil fuels are made from the remains
of dead plants and animals. It is thought that oil comes from tiny plants and animals whore
bodies fell in their millions to the seabed when they died. There they were covered by sand
and mud, which later hardened into rocks. In the course of millions of years, the plants and
artimal material underwent chemical changes and eventually turned into oil.
Oil deposits lie hidden deep beneath the surface of the earth. They have to be
searched for. Unless the oil actually comes to the surface, it is impossible to be certain that
any is present.
The rising demand for oil products keeps the oil companies busy exploring new oil
fields, and drilling new wells. Exploration teams are sent to distant regions to search for oil.
If the exploration shows good results the company decides to drill a well. Thus the
exploration phase ends, and the production phase begins.
Crude oil has to be transported to refinery to be made into the many products that are
useful to man, such as petrol, kerosene diesel oil, lubricants, asphalt. Further processing gives
aviation fuel, greases, fertilizers, insecticides, man-made fibres and many other things.
The oil industry has a very complex and widespread distribution system. Ocean
tankers, pipelines, rail tankers, and road tankers are used ro bring the oil products to seaport,
inland depots, can and drum factories, and to tens of thousands of petrol stations in cities and
along motorways.
More than any other, oil industry influences the lives of men and women everywhere.
From the largest to the simplest home, whose need may only be kerosene for its lamps and
stoves, there is daily need for large quantities of the various oil products.

16. According to the text what is the result of oil industry to people .......
A. People have gotten jobs from it.
B. It has influenced people's lives.
C. It has made the people rich.
D. It has made their life difficult.
E. People do not get anything from it.
Jawaban : B

17. Which statement is TRUE according to the text .......

A. It easy to search the oil deposit.
B. The refined product of oil is also called crude oil.
C. The oil industry has a simple distribution system.
D. Exploring new oil fields is done after drilling new wells.
E. Oil is made from the remains of dead plants and animals.
Jawaban : E

18. The duty of the exploration team is to ........

A. build oil refineries D. find new oil fields
B. drill new wells E. make a pumping station
C. go to distant phaces
 Jawaban : D

19. How many finished.products of oil are told in paragraph four .......
A. 4 D. 7
B. 5 E. 8
C. 6
Jawaban : B

20. "Crude oil has to be transported to a refinery." (paragraph 4)

The underlined words mean .......
A. The finished product of oil
B. Oil that is found in stations
C. The unrefined product of oil
D. Oil that is carried by tankers
E. Oil that is carried through pipelines
Jawaban : C

Sailing may seem like a difficult sport. But it is really not hard. You do not need to be
strong, but you need to be quick. And you need understand .....(21)..... basic rules about the
wind.
First, you must ask .....(22)..... "Where is the wind coming from ? Is it coming from .....
(23)..... or behind or from the side ? You must be thinking about this all the time on the boat.
The wind direction tells you what to do with the sail.

21. A. a few D. a minor

B. a tiny E. a slight
C. a little
Jawaban : C

22. A. it D. them
B. us E. yourself
C. him
Jawaban : E

23. A. front D. previous

B. ahead E. advanced
C. before
Jawaban : A

The money lent to the customers comes from the .....(24)..... who invest it in bank and
from profit made by private businesses and individuals. They are demanded deposits, and
tune deposits. Depositors get .....(25)..... from the use of their money in the banks, and the
interest is .....(26)..... by the government.

24. A. owners D. managers

B. cashiers E. stockholders
 C. creditors
Jawaban : A

25. A. profit D. interest

B. budget E. cheque
C. capital
Jawaban : D

26. A. paid D. drawn

B. kept E. regulated
C. taken
Jawaban : A

27. Librarian : What was that noise ?

Student : I dropped some books while I ....... them to the table.
A. carry D. am carrying
B. carried E. have carried
C. was carrying
Jawaban : C

28. Father : Andri, you'd better mow the grass first before you paint the fence.
Andri : .......?
Father : I'm afraid not. The smoke may make our neighbours feel annoyed.
A. May I burn the rubbish
B. May I gather the rubbish
C. May I smoke while working
D. May I sweep the yard afterward
E. May I throw the rubbish in the back yard
Jawaban : A

29. Noni : You have caused pollution around our neighbourhood by burning the garbage.
Tini : Oh, .......
A. excuse me D. I am really sorry
B. take it easy E. that's impossible
C. be patient please
Jawaban : D

30. Receptionist : Your room is number 126 and here is the key. Porter, help him please.
Porter : ........ ?
Mr. Lukman : No thanks, I can do it myself.
The following can be used ro complete the dialogue above, except .......
A. Do you need my help
B. Is there anything I can do for you
C. Could you please take my suitcase
D. Would you like me to take your case
E. Perhaps I could assist in taking your belongings
 Jawaban : D

31. Tari : Will you go with me to Rinta's party ?

Winda : Rinta ? Do you mean the smiling girl ....... was the best in our English class ?
A. who D. which
B. whom E. where
C. whose
Jawaban : A

32. Catherine : Why do you look so sad ?

Larissa : Didn't you hear the crews tat night ? The emptron of the volcano has killed

more than two hundred people in my village.

Catherine : I'm sorry to hear that.
Catherine expresses her .......
A. fear D. surprise
B. sadness E. sympathy
C. apology
Jawaban : E

33. India : Roy, you said you would take me to your mango garden.
When will we go there ?
Roy : Well, I think we can go there next Sunday.
India : Are you sure that your mangoes ....... by the time we come there ?
A. will ripen D. will have to ripen
B. will be ripening E. will have been ripened
C. will have ripened
Jawaban : C

34. Bastion : Our team is going to the eastern part of the district to inform the people about

transmigration and family planning ......?

Winono : No, maybe not. I'd better finish my report of our visit to the remote villages.
A. What's your decision D. Do you have any objection
B. How about going with us E. What is your participation in it
C. How do you feel about it
Jawaban : B

35. Budi : .....?

Lucy : Yes, could you please get me some articles on economics from this
newspaper ?
I'd like to make a bundle of some newspaper clippings.
Budi : Yes, I'd be glad to.
A. Do you need some help, Lucy
B. Have you got some morning papers
C. Do you know the current economic station
 D. Do you write some articles in this newspaper
E. Does this newspaper contain economic articles
Jawaban : A

36. Tina : Do you think that we can depend on fossil fuels as energy sources for the next

century ?
Wulan : ..... They will soon run out.
Scientists are experimenting in changing the abundant sunlight into energy.
A. It's absolutely unproductive D. It's just unreasonable
B. It certainly does not work E. It's highly unlikely
C. It's really unpredictable
Jawaban : D

37. Nuzul : I plan to open an account at your bank.

Roffy : Do you mean Bahagia Bank ?
Nuzul : Yes. I have heard their service is good.
Roffy : Yes, that's true .......
A. I am disappointed with the service.
B. They are satisfied with their life.
C. I regret to inform you about that.
D. I'm quite happy with them.
E. I am afraid I can't tell you.
Jawaban : D

38. X : ......, why do many people want to work in the coal industry ?
Y : Because the coal industry pays good salaries.
The following are groups of word that can be used to complete the dialogue above,
except .......
A. Despite the danger of working underground
B. Although working underground is dangerous
C. Though the danger of working underground
D. Despite the fact that working underground is dangerous
E. In spite of the fact that working underground is dangerous
Jawaban : C

39. Rini : Are you sure that you can fix this computer ?
Roni : ........ I have the qualification for it.
A. I don't know D. I'll check first
B. I am positive E. I see what you mean
C. Of course not
Jawaban : D

40. Mrs. Bhakti : The more loan we get, the more burden for the coming generations,
wouldn't you say so ?
Mrs. Sholeh : I'm of exactly the same opinion.
 In the dialogue Mrs. Sholeh expresses .......
A. objection D. suggestion
B. complaint E. compliment
C. agreement
Jawaban : C

41. X : What are you asking him to do ? And why ?

Y : I'm asking him to do more physical exercises ......
A. in case he will win the race
B. so that he can win in the race
C. in case he should win the competition
D. because I have just recovered from an injury
E. in order that I will not participate in the activity
Jawaban : C

42. Ahmad : What did the consultant ask you ?

Bakri : Oh, he wanted to know to what countries the bamboo products .......
A. exported D. will be exported
B. are exported E. had been exported
C. had exported
Jawaban : D

43. Bella : It seems that the Family Planning Program is successful in this country.
Intan : You are right. The government has made the people carry out the program.
The underlined sentence means ........
A. the people made the program
B. the government carried out the program
C. the people carried out the program spontaneously
D. the government asked the people to carry out the program
E. the people asked the government to cart) out the program
Jawaban : D

44. Alex : You look so sad. What's the matter ?

Lucy : I'm thinking of my mother. I wish I knew what has happened to her.
The underlined phrase shows .......
A. an expectation which is not fulfilled
B. an agreement which is not actuated
C. an invitation which is not expected
D. an apology which is not accepted
E. an argument which is not logical
Jawaban : A

45. Sonia : Vani lost her ATM card last week. The pickpocket was successful to take her
money from the machine.
Mimi : She ....... informed the bank to block it.
A. could D. would have
 B. can't have E. should have
C. might have
Jawaban : E

46. "If women in the late 1960's had been given equal rights as men, there would not have
been 'women's liberation movement!"
This sentence means that ....... at that time.
A. women will not have equal rights as men
B. women didn't have equal rights as men
C. women do not have equal rights as men
D. women have not had equal rights as men
E. women might not have equal rights as men
Jawaban : B

47. The best arrangement of the following sentence is .....

1. We have tojog at least three times a week or every other day.
2. We can jog on the streets, in the big squares, in the park, etc.
3. We only need a pair of running shoes, a sport shirt, shorts, and socks.
4. So, don't jog only on Sundays.
5. Jogging does not need a lot of money.
6. If we want to make our body fit.
A. 6-1-2-4-5-3 D. 6-1-5-3-2-4
B. 5-2-6-1-3-4 E. 5-3-6-1-4-2
C. 5-3-2-6-1-4
Jawaban : A

48. From 1967 onward, cinemas began to lose their ....... People prefer watching TV
programs at home.
A. sponsors D. companies
B. audiences E. cameramen
C. producers
Jawaban : B

49. Father : When you grow up, what do you want to be ?

Son : A/an ....... I want to travel in a spacecraft.
A. pilot D. astrologer
B. steward E. astronomer
C. astronout
Jawaban : C

50. What is the best way to motivate children to learn ?

Well scientists said that a ....... would encourage them to learn. We give them
something or just say a word, such as "good" or "excellent" whenever they make good
progress in learning.
A. reward D. discussion
B. lecture E. punishment
 C. certificate
Jawaban : A

LATIHAN 14

Is life better in cities? Probably not. Many people find that the city of their dreams has
become a nightmare. Population growth is causing unbelievable overcrowding. Nairobi,
Kenya, for example, has basic-series for 200,000 people but will soon have a population of 5
millions. Mexico City is home to almost 25 millions. This overcrowding causes many serious
problems: traffic, pollution, sickness, and crime. There isn't enough water, transportation or
housing. There aren't enough sewers; in Sac Paulo, Brazil, for instance, only 40% of the
homes are connected to the city sewer system, which carries away dirty water and waste
through pipes under the ground. Perhaps most serious of all, there aren't enough jobs. One-
third to one-half of the people in many cities in developing nations cannot find work or
confined only part-time jobs. The crisis is worsening daily; that is; this time of danger and
difficulty is becoming more horrible everyday. Population experts tell us that by the year
2025, the population in cities in developing nations will increase to four times its present
size.
The situation seems hopeless, but perhaps it isn't. The answer to the problem is to
provide jobs for them where they live, where they were born", Takkar says.

1. What makes unbelievable overcrowding?

A. A nightmare D. Serious problems
B. Urbanization E. Population growth
C. City's life
Jawaban : E

2. The main idea of the first paragraph is ........

A. Life is not better in the cities.
B. The problems cause overcrowding.
C. Overcrowding causes many problems.
D. The city of the people's dream provides a better life.
E. The population in cities will increase by the year 2025.
Jawaban : C

3. It is estimated that Mexico City will have had ........ million people by the year 2025.
A. 5 D. 125
B. 25 E. 200.0
C. 100
Jawaban : C

Rice is the major staple food for most of the Indonesian people. The most liking impact
of research over the past year is its contribution to the change in Indonesia's rice production
from the world's largest importer of the major staple food to self-sufficiency. In creasing
availability of seed of new varieties, fertilizers and pesticides as well as favorable pricing
policies, encouraged farmers to intensify their rice fields.
 Indonesian farmers often prefer to grow rice with good eating quality, then select
varieties for other characteristics such as high yield, early maturity, and resistance to certain
pests and diseases. Therefore, only a few varieties are grown widely by farmers.
Increased production of palawija crops-food crops other than rice that includes corn,
soybeans, peanuts, mungbeans, cassava, and sweet potatoes have been given a higher
priority. One of the goals of the agricultural development to continue to obtain sufficient rice
production, but at the same time substantially raise reducing of other crops to provide a more
balanced diet for Indonesians and reduce costly imports. In addition, these crops play an
important role as animal feed and material for industries.
The government hopes to reach self-sufficiency in these crops, especially corn and
soybeans through intensification, extensification, and diversification programes. Production
of corn and soybeans has begun to climb. Peanuts have shown a small increase but
production of cassava and sweet potatoes has changed very little over the past years due
mainly to marketing problems.

4. Why do Indonesian farmers only grow a few varieties of rice? Because they would
rather grow rice with ... then varieties with other characteristics.
A. high yields D. various characteristics
B. early maturity E. with pest and disease resistance
C. good eating quality
Jawaban : C

5. The following are palawija crops, except ........

A. rice D. soybeans
B. corn E. sweet potatoes
C. cassava
Jawaban : A

6. What's the main idea of the first paragraph?

A. Indonesia was the largest importer of rice.
B. Tle change of Indonesia's rice production.
C. Indonesia has reached self-sufficiency of rice.
D. Rice is the major staple food for Indonesian people.
E. Contribution of the research to improve rice production.
Jawaban : D

7. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the text?

A. Palawija crops give a lot of contribution to the livestock raising.
B. Marketing problems have made farmers reluctant -to grow palawija crops.
C. Indonesian farmers are more interested in-growing rice with good eat ing quality.
D. The production of cassava and sweet potatoes has increased greatly over the past
years.
E. The government policies on agriculture encourage farmers to improve their rise
production.
Jawaban : D
 8. ".… but at the same time substantially raise production of other crops to provide a
more balanced diet for Indonesian." (paragraph 3)
The underlined word is the synonym of ...
A. raise D. produce
B. supply E. reduce
C. increase
Jawaban : B

With money we can buy the things that we need everyday. And there are many things
that money can buy. The problem is the amount of money that you have and how wisely you
use that amount.
Money is first of all a means of exchange, If you want to exchange some books that
you do not need for a shirt, you may try to find someone who needs your books and who has
the shirt that you want. But it is offer hard to organize an exchange. It is easier to sell the
books and then buy the shirt that you like.
Money is also a means of measuring the value of other things. It is easier to say how
many rupiahs a cow costs than to say that it has the same value as five goats.
We can also store value with money. It does not spoil as fish or fruit or vegetables do
when they are sold. The cost of things, of course, may change as time goes on and the money
that you have today may be less in the future. If it loses a let of its value, money will be a bad
means of storing value. Then it will spoils farmer's product can spoil.
Finally, money is a means for making payments. You may buy bicycle now and pay
for it in five months, and. make a payment of one-fifth on the cost every month. This is better
than buying one fifth of a bicycle at a time and not riding it until you have bought all parts.
Many shopkeepers are happy to do this for you if your credit is good. That is, if you always
make your payment on time.

9. According to the text, the main function of money is as a means of ........

A. payment D. buying something
B. storing value E. exchange
C. measuring value
Jawaban : E

10. The text mainly tells us about ........

A. a means of payment D. exchanging value
B. exchanging money E. measuring value
C. the uses of money
Jawaban : C

11. Which statement is TRUE according to the text?

A. If people have excessive products, they should sell them.
B. It is always good to store value with money.
C. Everybody always makes their payment on time.
D. Money makes measuring the value easier.
E. It is always easy to exchange things.
Jawaban : D
 12. What is the main idea of the fourth paragraph?
A. It is better to store value with money.
B. The cost of things may always change.
C. Money is a bad means of storing value.
D. Our money today will be less in the future.
E. Agricultural products always spoil when they are sold.
Jawaban : C

13. If it loses a lot of its value, money will be a bad means of storing alue. (paragraph 4).
The synonym of the underlined word is ....
A. doing D. raising
B. having E. falling
C. keeping
Jawaban : C

During the nineteenth century, women in the United States organized and participated
in a large number of reform movement, including movements to reorganize the prison
system, improve education, ban the sale of alcohol, and most importantly, to free the slaves.
Some women saw similarities in the social status of women and slaves. Women like
Elizabeth Cady Stanton and Lucy Stone were feminists and abolitionists who supported the,
rights of both women and blacks. Number of male abolitionists, including William Lloyd
Garrison and Wendell Philips, also supported the rights of women to speak and participate
equally with men in anti slavery activities. Probably more than any other movement,
abolitionism offered women a previously denied entry into politics. They became involved
primarily in order to better their living conditions and the conditions of others.
When the Civil War ended. in 1865, the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Amendments to the
Constitution adopted in 1868 and 1870 granted citizenship and suffrage to blacks but not to
women. Discouraged but resolved, feminists influenced more and more women to demand
the right to vote. In 1869 the Wyoming Territory had yielded to demands by feminists, but
eastern states resisted more stubbornly than before. A women's suffrage bill had been
presented to every Congress since 1878 but it continually failed to pass until 1920, when the
Nineteenth Amendment granted women the right to vote.

14. When were women allowed to vote throughout the United States?
A. In 1865 D. After 1878
B. After 1868 E. After 1920
C. After 1870
Jawaban : E

15. What is mainly discussed in the second paragraph?

A. The process of giving right to vote to women.
B. The effects of the civil war.
C. The right to vote to black people.
D. The nineteenth the amendment.
E. The Wyoming Territory.
 Jawaban : A

16. What is the topic of the passage primarily concerned with?

A. Abolitionists
B. The civil war
C. Women's suffrage
D. The Wyoming Territory
E. The Fourteenth and Fifteenth Amendment.
Jawaban : C

17. According to the passage, why did women become active in politics?
A. To be elected to public office.
B. To be famous throughout the world.
C. To amend the Declaration of Independence.
D. To support Elizabeth Cady Stanton for president.
E. To improve the condition of life that existed at the time.
Jawaban : E

18. "A women's suffrage bill had been presented to ..." (paragraph 2).
The closest meaning to the underlined word is ........
A. Freedom from slavery D. Expectation
B. The right to vote E. Pain
C. Citizenship
Jawaban : B

In cities .....(19)..... poverty sometimes occurs in .....(20)..... slums, where some poor people
have not had the opportunity to learn skills that will help them to .....(21)..... a living. People
trapped in this kind of situation often have .....(22)..... income.

19. A. least D. extreme

B. large E. possible
C. likely
Jawaban : E

20. A. fare D. remote

B. small E. suburban
C. urban
Jawaban : E

21. A. get D. need

B. owe E. earn
C. find
Jawaban : E

22. A. much D. inefficient

B. enough E. inadequate
 C. sufficient
Jawaban : E

The gases of the atmosphere can't be seen and we are rarely .....(23)..... of them. But
they are of the greatest importance .....(24)..... the atmosphere people animals and plants
could not live ........

23. A. aware D. realized

B. beware E. known
C. cared
Jawaban : A

24. A. because D. in spite of

B. although E. beside
C. without
Jawaban : C

25. Denpasar, Bali: environmental organization Fauna Conservation for Life

(KSBBK) claimed that Bali is the biggest site of turtle trading in the country.
In the period between May through to August 1999, it reported, some 9,400 of
the protected animals had been traded.
According to Putu Lisa Kusuma Mustika, a reptile expert from the Indonesian
World Wildlife Fund (WWF), tortoises have long been killed in several areas of
Indonesia, with the highest number in Bali.
"Most of them are consumed as food while some of them are used for traditional
ceremonies," Putu told Antara.
Besides its meat, Putu said, tortoise shells are also used as souvenirs for tourists.

The topic of the Article is ........

A. Fauna Conservation for Life D. A reptile expert
B. The protected animals E. Souvenirs from tortoise shells
C. Turtle trading
Jawaban : C

26. 1. This is its atmosphere.

2. Earth's atmosphere is made up of about 20 kinds gases.
3. The earth is surrounded by a thick blanket of air.
4. It also contains water vapor and dust particles.
5. The two main ones are oxygen and nitrogen.
The right order of the sentences above is ........
A. 5, 3, 4, 2,1 D. 1, 4, 5, 3, 2
B. 2, 5, 1, 4, 3 E. 3, 1; 2, 5, 4
C. 4, 2, 3, 1, 5
Jawaban : E

27. A : How could the collision happen?

 B : The police said that the car ........ the bus on the winding road.
A. Didn't have to overtake D. Mightn't have overtaken
B. Will not have overtaken E. couldn't have overtaken
C. Shouldn't have overtaken
Jawaban : E

28. Teacher : Why do you throw the rubbish in the class? You must not do that.
Keep it clean!
Anton : All right, Sir.
The underlined words express ....
A. Pride D. Sympathy
B. Request E. Prohibition
C. Apology
Jawaban : E

29. Sister : Why did you lend him that book? ....
Brother : I am sorry. I didn't know it.
A. I still read it D. I still have to read it
B. I will still read it E. I am still reading it
C. I was still reading it
Jawaban : E

30. Agus : What kind of work do you like, as a secretary or a teller?

Anang : Well, I ........ work as a secretary.
A. would rather D. prefer
B. would have E. like
C. would like
Jawaban : A

31. Azhar : What's wrong with your camera, Tom?

Tommy : The lense doesn't focus well. Azhar ........?
Tommy : No, thanks. I can fix it myself.
A. Will you bring in to a repairman. D. Have you had it repaired.
B. Should I change it. E. Would you buy a new one.
C. Do you need some help.
Jawaban : C

32. A : We'll have a discussion about our founding fathers.

Would you like to join us?
B : ........ They are my favorite figures.
A. I wish I could D. I want to appreciate them
B. That's unbelievable E. I want to acknowledge them
C. That would be wonderful
Jawaban : C

33. Rifaldi : I ........ the Students Exchange Programme next year.

 Rabbani : That's a good idea.
A. join D. have joined
B. joined E. have been joining
C. will join
Jawaban : C

34. Rega : Can I borrow your car?

Rafli : I'm sorry, it ........
A. repairs D. is to repair
B. repaired E. is being repaired
C. is repairing
Jawaban : E

35. Susi : There's something wrong with my computer. Can you fix it, Tom?
Tom : Oh, I am sorry. I know nothing about it.
From the dialogue we know that Tom ........ fix the computer.
A. will D. helps
B. can't E. refuse
C. wants
Jawaban : B

36. Ridwan : I'm going to Hide Park to hear the people making speeches.
David : You'll be late. By the time you get there, they ........ their speeches.
A. finish D. have finished
B. will finish E. will have finished
C. are finishing
Jawaban : E

37. Shop assistant : Welcome, Madame ........?

Lady buyer : Thanks. I want to see some historical books.
Shop assistant : Well, you go to the books department. This way, please.
Lady buyer : Thank you.
A. anything I can do for you D. would you like to help
B. do you want to help me E. would you mind helping me
C. would you help me
Jawaban : A

38. Rieka : What would you give me if you're sent abroad?

Reza : If I were sent abroad, I ........ a dictionary for you.
A. bought D. will have bought
B. will buy E. would have bought
C. would buy
Jawaban : C

39. Lisa : What about going to a sea-food restaurant, Dad?

Dad : .............................
 What will Daddy say to show that he doesn't like sea-food?
A. I'm afraid I like fish.
B. I can't stand eating sea-food.
C. I am really fond of eating fish.
D. I am sure I'll enjoy it very much.
E. Its menu doesn't offer us many kinds of sea-food.
Jawaban : B

40. Donny : What about your English test result?

Tania : ........ with it. I only got 5.
A. I am dissatisfied D. I am grateful
B. I am pleased E. I am not annoyed
C. I feel satisfied.
Jawaban : A

41. Uncle : Gina, tomorrow is the beginning of your holiday.

Here is some money to buy tickets for you and your brother to go to Bali
by plane.
Gina : You're very generous, uncle. Thanks a lot.
Uncle : ........ I want you to have a really good time on your birthday.
A. No, I don't D. No, thanks
B. All right E. Not at all
C. I am not
Jawaban : E

42. Any : The dress really fits.you.

Did you make it by yourself?
Dita : No, I ........
A. have made it D. have to make it
B. had made it E. had to make it
C. had it made
Jawaban : C

43. The head of the village : The farmers didn't have a good harvest last month.
Agronomist : They should have planted the newly improved rice variety.
The underlined expression means that the farmers ........ the newly rice variety.
A. plant D. should plant
B. planted E. didn't plant
C. must plant
Jawaban : E

44. Indri : Why are you here? You are supposed to be at your history class, aren't you?
Indah : I wish there were no history class today.
My parents ask me to pay the electricity bill.
The underlined words mean ........
A. Indah had no history class today. D. Indri attends history class today.
 B. Indah has no history class today. E. Indah has history class today.
C. Indri had no history class today.
Jawaban : E

45. Anjas : Dad, may I use your can? I'd like to return Tina's book.
Dad : ........ but be home before 6 o'clock.
Anjas : Thank you, Dad.
A. That's good D. I am fine
B. It's impossible E. It's all right
C. That's nice
Jawaban : E

46. Tina : Grandma, can I help you with the sewing?

Grandma : ........How kind of you.
A. I am sorry D. Don't worry
B. I don't need you E. Thank you
C. Never mind
Jawaban : E

47. X : Do you think President Wahid will come to the summit conference of
the Non Aligned Countries?
Y : Yes, I'm certain, he will. The underlined words mean ........
A. attend D. hold
B. arrive E. manage
C. exist
Jawaban : A

48. If you want to borrow some money from the bank, you have to provide a collateral.
The underlined word means ........
A. freedom from danger or.worry.
B. valuable thing used as a guarantee.
C. neasures to prevent attacks or spying.
D. document showing ownership of property.
E. a person who takes care of the safety of people or buildings.
Jawaban : D

49. Student : The people living near the river often dump their garbage there.
Teacher : True. And it pollutes the river water.
The underlined word means ........
A. fish D. rubbish
B. dish E. clothes
C. leaves
Jawaban : D

50. The sentences in the following paragraph are jumbled.

1. One is familiar "Tombstone" that lists where you went to school and
 where you've worked in chronological order.
2. But prospective employees throw away most of those unrequested, "Tombstone"
lists,
preferring to interview the quick rather than the dead.
3. The main purpose of a resume is to convince an employer to grant you an interview.

4. It's handy to have a "Tombstone" for certain occasions.

5. There are two kinds.
6. The other is what I call the "functional" resume descriptive, fun to read, unique to
you
and much more likely to land you an interview.
The correct arrangement of the sentences above is ........
A. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 D. 6, 1, 4, 3, 2, 5
B. 1, 3, 5, 2, 4, 6 E. 3, 5, 1, 6, 4, 2
C. 2, 4, 6, 1, 3, 5
Jawaban : E

LATIHAN 15

A planet is a body in space that revolves around a star. There are nine planets in our
solar system, and these nine planets travel around the sun. The names of the planets are
Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto.
Planets travel in orbits around the stars. All of the planets of the solar system revolve
in elliptical orbits. In other words, their orbits are like large, flat circles. The time that it takes
a planet to make one revolution around the sun is called a year.
The Greeks were the first people to recognize and give names to some of the planets.
Tile word planet comes from a Greek word meaning wanderer If a person wanders, this
means that he goes from one place to another and does not have a home. The Greeks thought
that planets "wandered" in the sky. However, modern scientists can predict the movement of
the planets very accurately.

1. What is the suitable title for this text ?

A. The Stars D. The Planets
B. The Orbits E. The Wanderers
C. The Greeks
Jawaban : D

2. The planets in our solar system travel ........

A. around the stars D. from one position to another
B. around the circles E. in elliptical orbits
C. in one movement
Jawaban : E

There are millions of plants and animals living in the sea. Most of the plants and
animals living in the oceans are extremely small and float near the surface of the water in
their thousands. They are food for huge numbers of small animals that also live near the
surface. Together, they are all known as plankton.
Many fish feed on this plankton, including one of the largest, the whale shark. Despite
their great size, certain whales live entirely on plankton.
The blue whale is the largest animal ever to live. It grows to a length of over 100 feet.
The humpback whale is a smaller kind and has long flippers. It can jump right out the water.
The Californian grey whale makes long migrations every year - it spends the summer feeding
in the Arctic but swims south to the warmer waters off the coast of Mexico in the winter. The
females give birth in the shallow, warm water there.
Many of the fish in the sea may be eaten by other meat-eaters. Sharks, for example,
area some of the fastest hunters, although not all of them eat other fish.
Deep down in the oceans live many strange fish. It is so dark down there that many of
these fish have "light" on them, which are used for attracting smaller fish for the larger ones
to eat.
Jellyfish are peculiar-looking creatures ranging in size from a fraction of an inch to 6
feet across. They don't really swim but drift in the currents of the open oceans. Although they
contain a powerful sting, they are often eaten by turtles. Turtles are reptiles that spend most
of their eggs on sandy beaches.

3. ........ are food for huge numbers of small animals that also live near the surface.
A. Very small plants and animals D. The smallest animal
B. Big animals . E. Big plants
C. The Ocean mammals
Jawaban : A

4. Paragraph three tells us about ........

A. the life of whales D. three kinds of whales
B. the size of whales E. the migration of whales
C. the movement of whales
Jawaban : D

5. The main information of the passage is that ........

A. most plants are food for animals
B. the colour of the largest whales is blue
C. the female whales give birth in the shallow and warm water
D. the great size fish also eat plankton
E. millions of plants and animals live in the sea.
Jawaban : E

6. Which statement is True according to the text ?

A. The turtles eat jellyfish
B. The turtles lay their eggs in the seabed.
C. The sharks possess a powerful sting.
D. The Californian grey whales immigrate to the Arctic in winter.
E. The humpback whale is the largest animal in the sea.
Jawaban : A
 7. The word "despite" in paragraph two could be replaced by ........
A. therefore D. except
B. referring to E. instead of
C. in spite of
Jawaban : C

The average person will say that agriculture means farming. He is partly right, for
raising crops is a branch of agriculture. So do livestock raising, dairy farming, fruit growing,
chicken raising and even fur farming. Agricultural includes the raising of every kind of plants
and animals that is useful to man.
With all its many branches, agriculture is the world's most important industry. It
supplies the food we eat and many of the materials from which we make our clothing.
Farms are classified according to the type of farming that is done and kinds of crops
and livestock that are raised. They may be classified in several different ways, such as
general, specialized, intensive, and extensive farms.
General farming is a farm where a variety of things is raised. On such a farm there may
be a herd of dairy cows whose milk the farmer sells. There may also be poultry to provide
extra income and supply some of the family's needs.
There are many factors that influence the types of crops and livestock that a farmer
raised. The most important one is climate which includes temperature, length of growing
season, sunshine, and rainfall. Another is the type of soil. The third is the amount of water
available for irrigation. By concentrating on the particular crops or animals that fit best with
this situation, the specialized farmer hopes to use his land in the most efficient and profitable
way.
When a farmer devotes a great deal of labor to a piece of land, he is practising
intensive agriculture. If he works in a large area of land with relatively little labor, he is
practising extensive agriculture. Intensive agriculture usually goes together with small farms.
A great deal of careful work is always involved in intensive agriculture. Often this work must
be done by hand. Extensive agriculture is usually practised on large farms or ranches where
most of the work is done by machinery.

8. These words are related to farming, EXCEPT ........

A. livestock D. stock exchange
B. extensive farming E. type of soil
C. irrigation
Jawaban : D

9. The practice of intensive and extensive agriculture is the main idea of paragraph ........
A. 2 D. 5
B. 3 E. 6
C. 4
Jawaban : E

10. The text tells us about ........

A. intensive agriculture D. the important factors in farming
B. extensive agriculture E. specialized farms
 C. types of farming
Jawaban : C

11. "They may be classified in several different ways ...." (Paragraph 3).
The underlined word refers to ........
A. crops D. cows
B. plants E. animals
C. farms
Jawaban : C

Many people now have a card which enables them to withdraw money from a cash
dispenser. You feed your card into the machine and key in your PIN (Personnel Identification
Number) and the amount of money you want. If you have enough in your account, the money
requested will be issued to you up to a daily limit. Your account is automatically debited for
the amount you have drawn out.
Provided you have a sound credit, you can get credit card from a bank and other
financial institutions. To obtain goods or services, you present your card and sign a special
voucher. When it receives the voucher, the credit card company pays the trader (less a
commission) and then send you a monthly statement. Depending on the type of card you
have, you will either have to pay in full or be able to pay part of what is owed and pay
interest on the balance left outstanding..
If you need to make fixed payments at regular intervals, e.g. for insurance premiums,
you can arrange a standing order (sometimes known as a banker's order) so that the
bank will do this for you.

12. If you withdraw your money from the cash dispenser, the amount of your money
will ........ as you have drawn out.
A. become more D. become less
B. be credited E. be doubled
C. become lost
Jawaban : D

13. The main purpose of the writer is to ........

A. give the reader information about bank service
B. persuade the readers to have a credit card
C. check the customers' account
D. explain to the reader how to use PIN
E. explain to the customers how to pay their employee's salaries.
Jawaban : B

14. Which of the following is the main idea of the second paragraph?
A. The credit card company pays the traders.
B. The credit card company sends you a monthly statement.
C. Banks and other financial institutions offer us credit cards to get goods and services.
D. Other financial institutions help the banks to provide credit cards.
E. A voucher is the only way to buy goods.
 Jawaban : C

15. "Many people now have a card which enables them ........" (Paragraph 1)
"enables" means ........
A. forces D. allows
B. supports E. encourage
C. asks
Jawaban : D

16. If you have enough money in your account ........

A. you can withdraw your money from a cash dispenser.
B. you have a special voucher.
C. the bank sends you a monthly statement.
D. you have paid special interest.
E. the type of card is acceptable.
Jawaban : A

Trappists are monks who are not allowed to preach or to teach. Their lives are devoted
to meditation, studying and reading.
In 1949, one group of Trappists fled to Hong Kong from China, leaving behind their
houses and their dairy industry. They dressed themselves as labourers and carried only a few
possessions.
Here, the monks had to start a new life. They found it difficult to obtain food and they
had nowhere to live; but somehow they managed with the help of the community and
charitable organizations. It was not until 1995 that the Hong Kong government granted them
land on Lantao island.
The monks are not allowed to beg for a living, so they had to work very hard on the
island. They started a dairy farm, kept about five hundred chickens and started growing their
own vegetables.
A large part of the work of the Trappists is concerned with their dairy. The cows are
fed regularly, milked and kept healthy. The dairy, which produces about two thousand bottles
of milk a day, brings the monks their main income. The monks sell about half of the milk to a
large hotel in Hong Kong, while hospitals and schools buy the rest. The monks also earn
some money by selling eggs. Sometimes, the Trappists sell some of their cattle. The monks
themselves do not eat meat, however, as they are vegetarians.

17. The Trappists are forbidden to ........

A. obtain food D. beg for a living
B. grow vegetables E. start a dairy farm
C. work very hard
Jawaban : D

18. What is the text about?

A. The monks who never preach or teach.
B. The Trappists on Lantao island.
C. The Trappists' dairy product.
 D. The vegetarian monks.
E. The Trappists' new life on Lantao island.
Jawaban : E

19. What is the main idea of he last paragraph?

A. Managing the dairy is the Trappists' main work.
B. The monks provide milk to a large hotel.
C. The Trappists feed the cows regularly.
D. The Trappists sell eggs for a living.
E. Most of the Trappists' work is related to their dairy.
Jawaban : E

20. The Trappists are monks who are not allowed to preach or to teach. (The first para
graph). "allowed" means ........
A. advised D. suggested
B. ordered E. instructed
C. permitted
Jawaban : C

Water pollution is really a problem for all people to solve. Solution to the problem .....(21).....
people to demonstrate their quality as responsible citizens. Individuals as well as their
industries .....(22)..... that they should not do anything .....(23)..... to the problem. They must
handle wastes properly. They must not .....(24)..... harmful substances, including chemical
wastes, into the river or other public waterways. Further more, it is .....(25)..... that everyone
fully understands the importance of recycling rubbish.

21. A. makes D. brings

B. helps E. requires
C. encourages
Jawaban : E

22. A. will realize D. are realized

B. could realize E. has realized
C. must realize
Jawaban : C

23. A. contributing D. is contributing

B. to contribute E. is contributed
C. contributes
Jawaban : B

24. A. pollute D. keep

B. waste E. store
C. dump
Jawaban : C
25. A. accepted D. cleared
B. welcomed E. accounted
C. expected
Jawaban : C

26. 1. His sister added Wage Rudolf to his name, so it became Wage Rudolf Supratman.
2. When he was seven years old his father sent him to Budi Utomo elementary school.
3. Two years later he joined his sister in Ujung Pandang.
4. She did this to enable her to send his brother to the Dutch elementary school.
5. Supratman was born on 9th March, 1903.
6. In 1912, his mother died.
The best arrangement of the sentences above is ........
A. 2-5-3-6-1-4 D. 5-2-6-3-1-4
B. 2-3-5-1-6-4 E. 2-3-5-1-6-4
C. 5-6-2-3-1-4
Jawaban : D

27. Tutut : Were you sleeping when I called you last night?
Indra : No, I went to the cinema.
From the dialogue we know that Tutut wanted to know if Indra ... when she called him.
A. sleeps D. has been sleeping
B. slept E. had been sleeping
C. was sleeping
Jawaban : E

28. Nindy : When did you get this cassette?

Lia : Yesterday. When I ... home, a boy asked me to give it to you.
A. walk D. was walking
B. walked E. has been walking
C. walking
Jawaban : D

29. Andi : I didn't see your sister. Where is she?

Roy : She's studying in Australia.
Andi : Oh, how long has she been there? Roy
Roy : ........................................
A. Last year D. By next year
B. A year ago E. Yesterday
C. Since last year
Jawaban : C

30. Mawar : This telegram is for my husband.

He's out on duty.
What do you recommend me to do?
Putri : Why don't you ring him and tell him that a telegram's arrived?
In the dialogue above, Mawar is asking for Putri's ........
 A. advice D. permission
B. curiusity E. information
C. agreement
Jawaban : A

31. Mrs. Anwar : I heard that your son had won a scholarship to Pajajaran University.
Mrs. Budiman : Yes, that's right ............
He never ignores our advice and always studies hard.
A. I'm proud of him
B. I prided myself on his success
C. His pride would not let him down
D. I'm to proud to have been successful
E. He is a profile of a successful student
Jawaban : A

32. X : Morning, sir ...?

Y : No, thanks.
A. What can I do for you D. Would you help me with this bag
B. Something I can do for you E. Could you carry my luggage
C. What would you like me to do
Jawaban : B

33. Shopkeeper : ........to try the shoes on?

Mrs. Bakar : No, thank you. I can do it myself.
A. Can you help me D. Do you mind helping me
B. Would you like to help me E. Do you object to helping me
C. May I help you
Jawaban : C

34. X : Have you visited Bob?

He got an accident last week.
Y : Oh. poor Bob. I hope he'll be better soon.
The underlined sentence expresses ........
A. sadness D. expectation
B. pleasure E. satisfaction
C. sympathy
Jawaban : C

35. X : Jane didn't pass her exam.

Y : Oh. I am sorry to hear that.
From the underlined words we know that the second speaker expresses her ........
A. disappointment D. apology
B. sympathy E. anger
C. displeasure
Jawaban : B
36. Tati : May I borrow your new novel?
Lina : Yes, but next Monday. I ........ reading it by then.
A. would finish D. will be finishing
B. am finishing E. will have finished
C. have finished
Jawaban : E

37. Koko : Have you finished your report?

Reno : Not yet.
Koko : ....... ........?
Reno : Of course. I'll be very happy then.
A. What can I do for you
B. Would you like me to help you
C. Can you do something for me
D. Can you do me a favour
E. Is there something you can do for me
Jawaban : B

38. Dio : You look sad. What has happened to you?

Dipta : My father lost his crops. Insects eat them up.
Dio : What is he going to do now?
Dipta : ........ His brother has given him capital so start with.
A. He plans to have another business D. He promises not to plant anything
B. He has nothing to do E. He has no idea what to do
C. He is retired from his job
Jawaban : A

39. Fitri : What would you like to drink, tea or coffee?

Helmi : Actually I drink both, but I ........tea ........coffee now.
A. prefer - than D. would rather - to
B. like - than E. choose - better than
C. prefer - to
Jawaban : C

40. Mary : Hello

John : Hi, Mary. This is John. Do you feel like going to a movie this evening?
Mary : That sounds great, John. I haven't been to a movie for a long time.
The underlined utterance expresses...
A. intention D. permission
B. invitation E. persuassion
C. suggestion
Jawaban : B

41. Harry : Would you like to go camping with us next holiday?

Donny : ........ but I have to take care of my mom.
She has been hospitalized for a week.
 A. It sounds interesting D. I am sorry to hear that
B. Sorry I can't E. It's really boring
C. I'm afraid not
Jawaban : A

42. Rudi : Why are you so late today?

Tino : Sorry, Rud. My car ........
Rudi : So you came here on foot.
Tino : Yes, I did.
A. Is repairing D. is being repaired
B. has just repaired E. will have been repaired
C. will be repairing
Jawaban : D

43. A : Er, excuse me.

B : Yes?
A : I wonder if you could lend me your dictionary. I'm doing my homework.
B : Oh. sure. Here it is.
The underlined expression is used to express ........
A. giving permission D. capability
B. certainty E. possibility
C. pleasure
Jawaban : A

44. A : Why don't you try to find a job in factory?

With the money you earn, you can buy things you need.
B : If I worked in a factory. I wouldn't have much time to study.
What does the underlined sentence mean?
A. B works hard in a factory. D. B worked in a factory.
B. A allows B to work in a factory. E. B doesn't work in a factory.
C. B didn't work in a factory.
Jawaban : E

45. Boss : Are you sure that you can deal with complaints from angry clients?
Salesman : I'd say I am capable of doing that.
The salesman wants to tell us that he has the ........to deal with angry people.
A. opportunity D. capacity
B. ability E. reliability
C. quality
Jawaban : B

46. Aunti : Have you heard that you have been promoted to a higher position?
Weny : Oh, ........ Thank God.
A. it's a nuisance D. I'm sorry to hear that
B. it is terrible E. it's really wonderful.
C. I haven't heard about it
 Jawaban : E

47. Dina : I will ask Fito to repair my computer.

Susi : ........ to do it. He knows nothing about computer.
A. He is the right person D. It's necessary for him
B. Give a chance to him E. It's impossible for him
C. You can ask him
Jawaban : E

48. X : Tom, are you sure that we are going to have a math test next Monday?
Y : ........ We've finished lesson 5, haven't we?
A. I hope so D. It's out of the question
B. I agree with that E. I am 100 percent certain about it
C. I am sorry to hear that
Jawaban : E

49. Lawyers : Tom, your wife wants to get half of the property, the investment and
also the children.
Tom : I don't get along with that. She claims too much, I think.
The underlined expression shows ........
A. disagreement D. inability
B. impossibility E. denial
C. uncertainty
Jawaban : A

50. Dito : I heard your brother was robbed in front of a bank after he had withdrawn
a lot of money.
Yono : ........ He is at home and he is fine.
A. It's not true D. I disagree with your opinion
B. I can not deny it E. I'm not sure about it
C. I bet you will deny that
Jawaban : A

51. Waiter : What do you think of our "honey roasted chicken"?

Customer : ........with the dishes you served me.
A. I'm extremely satisfied D. I prefer
B. I hate E. I try
C. I don't like
Jawaban : A

52. Ria : We'll have to steam rice for diner.

Yanto : Why? What's happened with the rice cooker?
Ria : It is broken.
Yanto : ........ then
A. We'll get it repaired D. We'll have someone repaired it
B. We'll have repaired it E. We'll have it to repair
 C. We'll get someone repair it
Jawaban : D

53. X : Did you come to Jane's party?

Y : I wish I had gone there. I had a terrible headache.
From the dialogue we may conclude that the second speaker ........ to Jane's party.
A. didn't come D. has come
B. doesn't come E. had come
C. would come
Jawaban : A

54. Hayati : Bonny is very disappointed.

Hanafi : It's his own fault. If he had come on time, he would have got the job.
From the dialogue we can conclude that ........
A. Bony got the job D. Hanafi got the job
B. Hanafi came on time E. Hanafi missed the opportunity
C. Bony came late
Jawaban : C

55. X : Why do you look sad?

Y : I got 5 for my English test.
X : ...............
A. You should have studied well D. You have studied hard
B. You have prepared before E. You can study well if you like
C. You may prepare it
Jawaban : A

56. In 1946 Mother Teresa went into the Slums in order to be of better use to the poor.
"Slums" are ........
A. places where people live in dirty, poor and unhealthy environment
B. medicine which is given to the poor
C. things which are distributed to the poor
D. hospitals where poor people are treated
E. people who are poor
Jawaban : A

57. One bad effect of playing a computer game is eye irritation.

The underlined word means ...
A. advantage D. issue
B. result E. cause
C. benefit
Jawaban : B

58. In the old of trade, people didn't use money but they exchanged something they had for
something the needed.
The word exchanged is closest in meaning to ........
 A. gave D. altered
B. offered E. bartered
C. exported
Jawaban : E

59. It is easy to produce electricity from a wind generator. This is simply a windmill that
converts the kinetic energy of the wind into electricity.
The underlined word means ........
A. develops D. replaces
B. adapts E. produces
C. changes
Jawaban : C

60. Atomic energy can either be used to create electricity or to destroy millions of homes
in war.
The underlined word means ........
A. build D. demolish
B. protect E. renovate
C. produce
Jawaban : D

LATIHAN 16

Officer : Can you say your name again ?

Tina : Tina Sulaeman.
Officer : Address ?
Tina : Jalan Sawo thirteen, Kebayoran Baru.
Officer : Latest education ?
Tina : Law.
I graduated from the law faculty.

1. What the applicant graduate?

A. Educational institution D. Professional lawyer
B. Faculty of education E. Faculty of law
C. Law institution
Jawaban : E

2. Where does the applicant lives?

A. Jalan Sawo thirteen, Kebayoran Baru D. Jalan Jambu thirteen, Kemayoran
B. Jalan Sawo sixteen, Kemayoran E. Jalan Sawo thirty, Kebayoran Baru
C. Jalan Seno thirteen, Kebayoran Baru
Jawaban : A

There is a vacancy in today daily.

What job is offered?
A part time chef in the chinese restaurant in the Sahid Hotel.
I would apply for the job.
There is another Vacancy a waiter in Italian restaurant.
Being a waiter is boring.

3. What job would she applied for?

A. A Chinese teacher D. A waiter
B. A chef E. Hotel manager
C. A restaurant manager
Jawaban : B

4. What media realized the advertisement?

A. A magazine D. Television
B. RRI Radio E. A bulletin
C. A newspaper
Jawaban : A

Hayati Hutabarat says that she has downright satisfaction in her position in the company. But
what about some other thing in life. There are still important to many women like married
and children. Does Hayati regret not having time for this thing?

5. What is the text about ?

A. Unmarried women
B. Career women
C. Married women
D. Women's position in a company
E. Women's lives
Jawaban : B

6. What things are still important to many women?

A. Position in the company D. Career in the company
B. Satisfaction in career E. Marriage and children
C. Having time for children
Jawaban : E

Farmer in Lampung and West Java are likely to face difficulties with rice harvest in the next
two month. As hundred of thousands of hectare rice field have been under threat a long
drought. But it has tried worrying two provincies.

7. What is the text about?

A. The next rice harvest
B. Farmers in Lampung
C. Rice fields
D. Possible failure in the next harvest
E. Farmers in West Java
Jawaban : D
 8. What threatened the rice fields?
A. A long drought D. Next harvest
B. The rainy season E. Difficult farmers
C. Wet fields
Jawaban : A

A supporter of the national education bill displays a sign reading "Endorse the national
education bill right now" to every motorist passing the back gate of the House of
Representatives compound in Senayan, Central Jakarta. Thousands of members from Islamic
groups gathered outside the compound on Tuesday demanding that the bill be endorsed.

9. The topic of the passage is about ........

A. national education D. a supporter's idea
B. education bill E. a public demand
C. supporters of the bill
Jawaban : C

10. "......... that the bill be endorsed"

The word endorsed is closest in meaning to ........
A. talked D. decided
B. discussed E. resumed
C. approved
Jawaban : C

Satellite Space-eye does not look like the satellites of the 1980's. It has large wings that
gather solar power. The power is for the motor. It keeps the satellite in the same place above
the earth. All the big farmers in the area have paid for the cost of Satellite Space-eye.
Constanza is one of those farmers, his home computer makes, the connection with
Satellite Space-eye. He asks to see a picture of the field in the south-west corner of his farm.
The picture appears on a TV screen. It is a picture of a green wheat field. Everything looks
fine. He then asks the computer to show the same area, but in colours. The colours show the
different temperatures in the field. He knows healthy wheat plants will all be green. The TV
screen blinks and a beautiful picture appears. It has many shades of blue, red, and green.
Constanza looks closely at the large red spot near the middle of the wheat field. He
knows that something is wrong in the wheat field. The red colour means the spot is warmer
than its surroundings. It may be due to-lack of moisture or not enough nutrients in the soil.
Insects eating the wheat can also show a red spot.
Constanza tells the computer to tell him more about the warm spot. The computer
points out that the problem is a shortage of nitrogen in the soil. He asks the computer to
predict the harvest if he adds the fertilizer. He then tells the computer the current market
price for wheat. He also tells the price of the fertilizer. He asks for a costing. He wants to
know if it will give him a profit to add the fertilizer. The computer gives him the answer, is it
a science fiction? No, it is happening now.

11. The text tells about ........

A. constanza and his wheat field
 B. the use of satellite Space eye in farming
C. the blue, red, and green colours on the TV screen
D. the meaning of the colours appeared on the TV screen
E. the ability of the computer to predict.
Jawaban : B

12. The main idea of paragraph two is ........

A. Constanza is one of the farmers who makes use of the Satellite Space-eye.
B. Constanza's home computer is connected to Satellite Space-eye.
C. The picture appears on the TV screen comes from Satellite Space-eye.
D. Various information can be served by Satellite Space-eye.
E. The Satellite Space-eye sent Constanza what he wanted.
Jawaban : E

13. The red colour showed on the TV screen means that ........
A. the plants are healthy
B. the soil does not have enough nutrients
C. the temperature is low
D. the plants are not distrubed by any insects
E. the wheat field is in good condition
Jawaban : B

14. ''it may be due to lack of moisture." (Paragraph 3)

We can replace the underlined word with ........
A. make D. owing to
B. have E. let
C. get
Jawaban : D

Dear Rossa,
I am a guy, twenty-eight years old. I have a problem with a girl friend. She is twenty
five years old. We have been dating each other for years, since we were high school students.
Now we have jobs. I feel very sure that we love each other. Now it is time for me to get
married. Unfortunately, her parents never approve of our relationship ever since the very first
time. My family, anyhow, does not really mind. At first I thought my girl friend had the
power to defend our love. But then he surrendered. She loves me and she loves her family
too. On the one hand she said, "I'll be happy if my family is happy." It means she had to get
approval from her parents.
For this, I was shocked. My heart was broken. She ended our relationship just at the
time when I was ready to marry her. When I was with her, we were very happy. We had a lot
in common and there were no conflict. The truth was, we separated only because of her
parents. They want her to marry her cousin, her aunt's son (this is one of the traditions in the
Karonese).
For the time being I am very upset. When I miss her I call her. Then we can eat
together, talk together for hours. We act like dating because she loves me, too. The real
problem is, she cannot refuse what her parents want.
 So, should I forget my girl friend, the only one that I truly love? Or else, should I just
wait, and dream that one day she will be back to me?
Rio N., Padang

Dear Rio,
You call her your gil friend, but she has chosen her own way. For this reason I'd say that
there is nothing your can do except forget her and go on with your normal life. Hopefully
you can find another and live happily forever.
Rossa

15. The main idea of the first paragraph is that ........

A. the writer wants to get married
B. the writer has been dating for years
C. the writer has a problem with his girl friend
D. the writer feels sure that they love each other
E. the writer's parents disapprove of his relationship
Jawaban : C

16. Which of the following sentences is TRUE according to the text ?

A. Rio is not ready to get married.
B. Rio's parents disagree to his marriage.
C. Rio and his girl friend often got conflicts.
D. Rio's girl friend didn't really love Rio.
E. Rio's girl friend couldn't defend her love for Rio.
Jawaban : E

17. Why do the girl's parents disapprove of their marriage? Because ........
A. they don't like Rio.
B. the girl is still studying.
C. Rio and his girl friend often got conflicts
D. they keep the Karonese tradition.
E. the girl has chosen another guy.
Jawaban : D

18. Rio cannot forget her girl friend because ........

A. she is very pretty D. she is his first love
B. she is very faithful E. she is his last love
C. she is his true love
Jawaban : C

Uday and Qusay are killed and the delighted British and American governments
suggest that Iraq will be a safer place. Yes, the Iraqis may well feel safer. And - with the
dictator's brutal sons out of the way forever more confident about continuing the resistance
against the American occupiers.
Shortly before their deaths were announced, Richard Gephardt, Democrat presidential
hopeful, delivered a blistering attack on Bush's foreign policy which was driven, he said, by
"machismo" and "arrogant unilateralism". Bush, he continued, had treated U.S. allies "like so
many flies on America's windshield". He added: "Foreign policy isn't a John Wayne movie."
The attack on the villa where Saddam's sons were hiding might be seen as driving
home the point. Instead, the announcement that they had been killed by the U.S. troops in a
shoot-out is welcomed by Tony Blair as "great news".

19. The text mainly discusses about ........

A. Uday and Qusay who killed U.S. troops
B. Uday and Qusay who are killed by U.S. troops
C. Richard Gephardt who attacked Bush's domestic policy
D. The attack on the villa where Saddam Husein was hiding
E. Tony Blair who is welcomed by Saddam's sons, Uday and Qusay
Jawaban : B

20. The main idea of paragraph 3 is that ........

A. U.S. troops killed Saddam in the attack on the villa.
B. Uday and Qusay had killed U.S. troops and Tony Blair.
C. Tony Blair attacked the villa where Saddam's sons were hiding.
D. Saddam was killed by Tony Blair and U.S. in Saddam's sons' villa.
E. The announcement of Saddam's son's death is welcomed by Tony Blair.
Jawaban : E

21. Which statement is correct according to the text?

A. John Wayne movie was presented to Bush arrogantly.
B. Tony Blair received the "great news" of Bush and Gephardt's death.
C. John Wayne was a movie star who attacked the villa of Saddam's sons.
D. Richard Gephardt attacked Bush's foreign policy after uday and Qusay's death.
E. The news of uday and Qusay's death made the British and American government
pleased.
Jawaban : D

22. "The attack on the villa where Saddam's sons were hiding might be seen as driving
home the point." (Paragraph 3)
The word attack has similar meaning to ........
A. raid D. defend
B. resist E. withdraw
C. shield
Jawaban : A

23. " ... had killed Uday and Qusay."

A. The Iraqis D. John Wayne
B. Tony Blair E. Richard Gephardt
C. U.S. troops
Jawaban : C

At present, aeroplanes are playing a very important role to .....(24)..... one place to another.
People can go round the world just in a two day flight by the world's first supersonic airliner,
Concorde, which .....(25)..... at a height of over 18.000 metres and .....(26)..... a speed of over
2.000 km per hour.

24. A. disjoin D. separate

B. part E. divide
C. connect
Jawaban : C

25. A. goes D. drives

B. flies E. comes
C. jumps
Jawaban : B

26. A. cuts D. reaches

B. continues E. limits
C. moves
Jawaban : D

27. X : I want you to meet William a new student. He is from Australia.

Y : How do you do?
Z : ........
A. How do you do D. Nice to meet you too
B. Hi, how are you E. See you,later
C. Are you all right
Jawaban : A

28. X : I have to go to school, but look at the sky. It is very cloudy.

I think it is going to rain.
Y : ........
A. You don't take an umbrella
B. I should take an umbrella
C. You are going to take an umbrella
D. I may, take an umbrella
E. You should take an umbrella
Jawaban : E

29. Toni left from Bandung this morning.

What did you say?
A. I said that Toni leaves for Bandung.
B. I said that Toni will leave for Bandung.
C. I said that Toni would leave for Bandung.
D. I said that Toni had left for Bandung.
E. I said that Toni was leaving for Bandung.
Jawaban : D
30. X : I need to talk to you. Could we meet at ninety nine cafe?
Y : What time?
X : After work at six p.m,
Y : ........
A. Surely no, wait for me there.
B. Okay I'll be there
C. I'm sorry, I meet you there
D. Sure, but I work over time
E. Next time, I will be there.
Jawaban : B

31. X : Here we are. Let's see the menu.

There is a tomato juice or an orange juice.
Y : What do you prefer?
X : ........
A. I prefer orange juice better.
B. I prefer orange juice than tomato juice.
C. I like orange juice better to tomato juice.
D. I like orange juice to tomato juice better:
E. I'd rather have orange juice than tomato juice.
Jawaban : E

32. X : Would you like milk or sugar in your coffee?

Y : Neither thank you.
X : Sorry what do you want?
Y : ........
A. coffee not tea
B. tea not coffee
C. nothing to drink
D. black coffee without sugar
E. either not milk or sugar in the coffee
Jawaban : E

33. X : Could you tell me when I can see the director please?
Y : ........
A. I will give you some money now.
B. You can give me your schedule tomorrow.
C. Yes, you could tell me now.
D. I will swim in the sea tomorrow.
E. Let me check the schedule first.
Jawaban : E

34. The manager always comes early to the office. I wonder where he lives. I often see him
driving his car to jalan Pakubuwono Kebayoran Baru. So he leaves not far from the
office then.
What is the dialogue about?
 A. The manager's car D. The manager's address
B. The manager's office E. The manager's driver
C. The manager's house
Jawaban : D

35. Although the telephone was patented by Alexander Graham Bell in 1876. The first
transatlantic telephone cable went into operation eighty years later.
When the transatlantic telephone cable go into operation?
A. When he was still alive
B. Soon after he invented the telephone
C. Before he patented his invention
D. In 1796
E. In 1956
Jawaban : E

36. 1. The aim of a political party is to elect officials who will try to carry their interests.
2. A large political party usually has millions of members and supporters.
3. A political party is a group organized to support certain policies on questions of
public interests.
4. When people in a democracy disagree about what the government should do,
each voter expresses his opinion by voting for the candidate that supports his
side of the argument.
5. The questions may range from issues of peace, war and taxes, to how people
should earn a living.
The best order of the sentences above is ........
A. 3-2-1-4-5 D. 2-1-3-5-4
B. 2-1-3-4-5 E. 3-2-4-5-1
C. 2-1-4-3-5
Jawaban : A

37. 1. I decided to apply for the job.

2. I saw an interesting job advertised in the paper last week.
3. Then I went to the address in the advertisement.
4. I telephoned the company to see if the job was still vacant.
5. The next morning I put on my best set of clothes.
6. They told me to come to the office the next day for an interview.
7. After asking me a lot of questions the manager offered me the job.
8. I was asked to go into the managers's office.
The best arrangement of the sentences to make a good paragraph is ........
A. 1-2-4-6-5-3-7-8 D. 1-2-3-4-8-5-6-7
B. 2-1-4-6-5-3-8-7 E. 1-2-4-5-8-6-7-8
C. 2-3-1-4-5-6-8-7
Jawaban : B

38. Jack : Rita, ............

Rita : Pleased to meet you. Don.
 Don : Pleased to meet you too.
A. Don is my friend
B. Don wants to meet you
C. don't you know Don is my friend
D. I'd like you to meet my friend Don
E. please introduce yourself to Don
Jawaban : D

39. Mother : Clean your room, Siska !

Siska : Yes, mom.
Vinda : What did your mother tell you, Siska?
Siska : She told me ........
A. clean my room D. cleaned my room
B. to clean my room E. clean your room
C. to clean your room
Jawaban : B

40. Nuki : What was your sister doing when you arrived home last night?
Rendra : She ........ in the kitchen.
A. cooks D. has been cooking
B. is cooking E. was cooking
C. has cooked
Jawaban : E

41. Ina : Why are you sleepy in class?

Ines : Do I look sleepy, Na? I am not sleepy, but I have a painful stomach ache.
Ina : You should go to the doctor. Come on I'll accompany you.
The underlined words express ........
A. disagreement D. offering
B. satisfaction E. advice
C. obligation
Jawaban : E

42. "Watch the TV tonight. My daughter is on TV channel 5 at eight. She always makes
me happy."
"Sure, I will."
From the underlined words we know that the first speaker feels ........ her daughter.
A. proud of D. disappointed at
B. angry with E. doubtful about
C. worried about
Jawaban : A

43. A : Have you heard that uncle Joe will come next week?
B : Oh. really? When did he tell you?
A : Last week.
The underlined sentence is used to express ........
 A. happiness D. enjoyment
B. pleasure E. curiousity
C. surprise
Jawaban : C

44. "What a beautiful voice. She is a talented singer."

"She ........ since she was a child."
A. sang D. had been singing
B. sings E. has been singing
C. is singing
Jawaban : E

45. Mary introduced me to her former lecturer ........ she married after she had graduated.
A. of whom D. whom
B. whose E. who
C. of which
Jawaban : D

46. Atik : When will your sister finish her study?

Mirna : I hope she .......... by July next year.
A. will have graduated D. is going to graduate
B. has graduated E. intends to graduate
C. will graduate
Jawaban : A

47. Niluh : I saw Sofyan come by bus this morning.Where is his car?
Andi : His car is out of order so he asked the mechanic to repair it.
From the dialogue we conclude that ........
A. Sofyan had repaired his car
B. Sofyan had his car repaired
C. the mechanic asked to repair the car
D. the mechanic asked Sofyan to repair the car
E. the mechanic and Sofyan repaired the car
Jawaban : B

48. Mr. Anwar : Are you pleased that your son wants to be a dentist?
Mr. Rahman : No, not really. I wish my son became a manager of my shoe-store.
The underlined expression means that .........
A. Mr. Rahman's son is a manager.
B. Mr. Rahman wants his son to be a manager.
C. Mr. Rahman's son is running,a shoe-store business.
D. Mr. Rahman's son was not a dentist.
E. Mr. Rahman's son was the manager of the shoe-store.
Jawaban : B

49. Jaya : Why are you still here?

 Didn't you tell me that you would go to Jakarta today?
Setiadi : I would have been in Jakarta if the bus had not got an accident.
The underlined utterance means..........
A. Setiadi is in Jakarta D. Jaya went to Jakarta
B. Setiadi went to Jakarta E. The bus got an accident
C. The bus was safe
Jawaban : E

50. Student 1 : Andi is late again.

Student 2 : He is never on time.
I think he .......... earlier.
A. could have woken D. might have woken
B. ought to wake E. would have woken
C. should have woken
Jawaban : C

51. Some pollutants are always ..........., because they are dangerous.
A. unavailable D. unsuitable
B. undesirable E. unavoidable
C. unchangeable
Jawaban : A

52. New research suggests that men and women should consider ........... cigarettes with
carrots, which are rich with betacarotene.
A. finding D. recognizing
B. knowing E. replacing.
C. searching
Jawaban : E

53. To accelerate the economic growth, social progress and cultural development is one
purpose of ASEAN.
"To accelerate" means ........
A. hold up D. turn on
B. keep back E. slowdown
C. speed up
Jawaban : C

54. The government has taken steps toward banning certain jobs for children in order to
protect them.
The underlined word means ........
A. warning D. forbidding
B. crossing E. eliminating
C. preventing
Jawaban : D

55. Jack was promoted area manager at Balik Papan but he objected.
 The underlined word means ........
A. disapproved D. defended
B. criticized E. delayed
C. delighted
Jawaban : A

56. The company's finances should be strong enough to develop productively.

The underlined word means ........
A. funds D. credit
B. loan E. investment
C. grant
Jawaban : A

57. Mother Theresa was awarded the Nobel peace prize in 1979 for her work among the
homeless.
The underlined word means ... .
A. celebrated D. proved
B. dedicated E. attacked
C. granted
Jawaban : C

58.

The man in the picture is ........

A. pilot D. a bus driver
B. steward E. a manager
C. a policeman
Jawaban : A

59.

What are the young couple doing?

A. They are having meals at a restaurant.
B. They are talking in-the classroom
 C. The man is singing a song for his girl
D. They are sitting relaxly in the park
E. They are sitting next to each other
Jawaban : A

60.

What are they doing?

A. The woman is talking to her friend
B. The man is whispering something to his wife
C. The woman is whispering something to her friend
D. The two woman are using glasses
E. The two woman are listening to their friend.
Jawaban : C

LATIHAN 17

The Buyat Bay, issue has been a hot topic these past two weeks.
However, no party has claimed responsibility for the pollution in the bay. This country is
suffering from an old illness : it cannot see the culprits even though it could - if it wanted to.
The issue started when a non-governmental organization discovered that a number of
people living near the bay in South Minahasa district, North Sulawesi province, were
suffering from skin diseases.
Blood tests showed that some had high levels of mercury in their blood.
Public opinion then turned against the subsidiary of U.S based Newmont Minahasa
Corp. PT Newmont Minahasa Raya, accusing it of causing the pollution by dumping its
tailings in the bay.

1. This text mainly talks about ........

A. the pollution in the bay
B. the discovery of pollution by a non government organization
C. the failure of the government to find the culprits
D. the skin disease of the people living in Buyat Bay
E. the Buyat Bay issue
Jawaban : E

2. "Public opinion then turned ........ by dumping its tailings in the bay." (Paragraph 5)
 The underlined word means ........ in a careless manner.
A. unloading D. packing
B. piling E. covering
C. burying
Jawaban : C

Nuclear power seems in some ways much cleaner than other sources of energy. Take
oil or coal as an example. When they are used in power stations, a great deal of smoke is
produced. The smoke contains a great deal of acid. Even if the smoke is cleaned by filters, a
lot of the acid still escapes into the air. This can be carried by clouds from power stations in
England to Scandinavia. When it rains there, the acid comes down with the rain. As a result,
the fish, in lakes and trees in forests begin to die.
But many people are still against nuclear power. They believe that the problem is not
just the danger of an accident in the atomic power stations. Highly radioactive material is
used. Radioactivity can cause cancer and other illnesses. Only a part of the material is used.
The rest - called waste - is just as radioactive. Although it is still highly dangerous, this
radioactive waste is often thrown into the sea. Nobody can be certain what will happen to it
there. Only one thing is certain. It will be highly dangerous for at least 240.000 years.

3. What is mainly discussed in the text ?

A. The acid rain. D. Highly radioactive material.
B. An alternative energy. E. The advantages and disadvantages of
C. An atomic power station. nuclear power.
Jawaban : E

4. The main idea of paragraph 2 is that ........

A. Nuclear power is very dangerous
B. Radioactivity may cause some diseases
C. Radioactive material is highly dangerous for man's life.
D. Many people disagree with the use of nuclear power
E. Radioactive waste will be highly dangerous for at least 240.000 years
Jawaban : D

5. All of the following statements are true, EXCEPT ........

A. Acid rain makes plants fertile
B. The smoke produced by the burning coal contains a lot of acid
C. Nuclear power may cause some health problems
D. People should be aware of the danger of radioactive waste
E. When oil or coal is burned, it produces some smoke
Jawaban : A

6. "Nobody can be certain what will happen to it there," (paragaraph 2)

The underlined word means ........
A. locate D. occur
B. exist E. last
C. come
 Jawaban : D

Each society has its own beliefs, attitudes, customs, behaviours, and social habits.
These give people a sense of who they are, how they should behave, and what they should or
should not do. These 'rules' reflect the 'culture' of a country.
People become conscious of such rules when they meet people from different cultures.
For example, in some. cultures, being on time can mean turning up several hours late for an
appointment, even for a business meeting; in others, 3 p.m. means 3 p.m. Also, the rules
about when to eat vary from culture to culture. Many North Americans and Europeans are
used to having three mealtimes a day and organizing their timetable around them. In some
countries, on the other hand, people often do not have strict rules like this - people eat when
they want to and every family has its own time table.
When people visit or live in a country for the first time, they are often surprised at the
differences that exist between their own culture and that in the other country. The most
common way of comparing two cultures is in terms of their differences - not their
similarities.

7. What does the writer want to tell you?

A. Strict rules. D. Culture in a country.
B. Mealtimes day. E. Culture similarities.
C. Culture differences.
Jawaban : C

8. New comers often feel ........ because their own culture is not similar to that in the new
country.
A. astounded D. uninterested
B. bored E. embarrassed
C. disturb
Jawaban : A

9. Which statement is TRUE according to the text ?

A. There are no people, becoming conscious of a new cuttura,
B. There are no countries having strict rules of mealtimes.
C. There are no strict rules of mealtimes in some countries.
D. There are no problems for people who visit a coutry for the first time.
E. There are no similarities between a culture is one country and that in another.
Jawaban : C

10. "Being on time can mean turning up several hours late ..." (Paragraph 2).
The underlined words mean ........
A. arriving D. exposing
B. emerging E. displaying
C. appearing
Jawaban : C

11. In some cultures people may ........ for a business meeting.

 A. come late D. behave differently
B. eat strictly E. use their own time table
C. be surprised
Jawaban : A

The problem of over population in Indonesia is made worse by the fact that fifty
percent of all Indonesians are below the age of eighteen years. Most of them are dependents.
They do not earn money to support themselves and are in need of many facilities like food,
medical care, clothing, education, and employment opportunities. Although a large number
of them are forced to drop out of school to earn a living, the government. still has to spent a
very large part of its revenue on education. Then comes the problem of creating enough jobs
for every new generation of school leavers or college graduates.
Although the problem of overcrowded cities is difficult to solve, there is a solution to
the problem of people living in overcrowded areas of the countryside. The solution is internal
migration. This means moving poor people from the countryside to different but
underdeveloped parts of Indonesia, where they may work to build a new life themselves. In
Indonesia, there are large and active resettlement programmes of his sort which have given a
new life to thousands of people.

12. What is mainly discussed in the text?

A. Population problem.
B. Migration in Indonesia.
C. How to solve unemployment in Indonesia.
D. Overcrowded cities
E. A new life for thousands of people
Jawaban : A

13. Tlae main idea of paragraph one is that ........

A. Most of the youth are jobless
B. The elderly are more than the youth
C. The youth earn money to support themselves.
D. Indonesians lack employment opportunities
E. Fifty percents of Indonesians are dependents
Jawaban : A

14. Which sentence is TRUE according to the text?

A. Creating enough jobs for the young is not urgent.
B. Less than fifty percent of Indonesians are dependents.
C. There is no solution to the problem of overcrowded cities.
D. The only way to solve problem of over populatlon is by internal migration.
E. Employment opporcunities cannot help solve the over population problem.
Jawaban : D

15. " ........ government still has to spend a very large part of ........" (paragraph 1)
The meaning of the underlined word is ........
A. bring up D. use up
 B. give out E. take up
C. take off
Jawaban : D

16. " ........ from the countryside to different but underdeveloped parts of Indonesia."
(paragraph l ).
The antonym of underlined word is ........
A. developing D. neglected
B. developed E. growing
C. isolated
Jawaban : E

Flood is a body of water that covers normally dry land. Most floods are harmful. They
may ....(17).... homes and other properties and even carry off the top soil leaving the land ....
(18).... When people are not prepared, sudden and violent floods may bring huge ....(19).....

17. A. destroy D. fall

B. break E. drop
C. bunt
Jawaban : A

18. A. dry D. barren

B. wet E. fertile
C. helpful
Jawaban : E

19. A. advantages D. questions

B. demolition E. losses
C. benefits
Jawaban : B

20. Doctor : What's happened to your son, Mrs. Rina?

Mrs. Rina : He said ........ a terrible pain in his stomach.
A. that he felt D. whether he felt
B. that her feels E. that he is feeling
C. if he is feeling
Jawaban : A

21. James : Why didn't you answer my call?

Peter : Sorry ........
A. I was feeding my cattle D. I had fed all my cattle
B. I have fed my cattle E. I'll feed my cattle
C. I fed my cattle
Jawaban : A

22. Rindu : Mom, I am nominated in the singing contest

 Mama : Great! I'm really proud of you.
The underlined utterance is an expression ........
A. will D. plan
B. pride E. satisfaction
C. hope
Jawaban : B

23. Rina : May I go to Pangandaran, Mom?

Mother : Yes, but don't forget to take care of yourself.
Rina : Thanks, Mom.
From the dialogue above, we know that mother ........ Rina togo to Pangandaran.
A. allows D. avoids
B. orders E. stops
C. forbids
Jawaban : A

24. Student : ........ to carry these books to your room, sir?

Teapher : No, thanks, Ican do it myself
A. Do you want D. May I help you
B. Shall I do E. Do you mind
C. Can you help
Jawaban : D

25. Bobby : ........ you will do your best in the competition this season.
Brenda : Well, everybody expects that, and I feel certain about it anyway.
A. I believe D. It's a pity
B. I don't care E. It's nothing
C. I congratulate
Jawaban : A

26. X : Tom, what happened to your leg?

Y : I fell when, I was playing football and my leg broke.
X : ........ you'd better the a rest,
A. Oh, poor you D. How lucky you are
B. That's great E. I don't know what to do ,
C. That's fantastic
Jawaban : A

27. Wido : Would you like me to carry these books, sir?

Mr Sumadi : Sure, thank you very Much.
The underlined expression shows ........
A. offering to do something
B. asking to do something
C. apologizing for someone's mistake
D. disagreeing with someone's opinion
E. greeting someone
 Jawaban : A

28. X : There will be a party at my house tonight, Would you like to come?
Y : I'd love to, but I have an appoinment with my colleague.
From the dialog we know that the second speaker ........ the invitation.
A. gives D. loves
B. declines E. enjoys
C. takes
Jawaban : B

29. Raissa : I'm sorry, I can't leave now. We have to practise the last part of the drama but
we ........ by six o'clock.
Rezza : Don't worry. I'll wait until you finished.
A. finish D. are finishing
B. will finish E. will have finished
C. have finished
Jawaban : B

30. Ridwan : Do you think our youth have the competence to keep up with
the Americans in technology?
Ade : I don't think so because it needs a lot of money.
The underlined word means ........
A. knowledge D. experiment
B. cleverness E. profession
C. capability
Jawaban : C

31. A : You have only a few minutes before the train leaves, or you ........ it.
B : Thank you for reminding me.
A. might miss D. have to miss
B. have missed E. should have missed
C. are missing
Jawaban : D

32. Ina : What do you think of your new red dress?

Eta : ........ It goes with my shoes.
Ina : I think so. You look beautiful on it.
Eta : Thank,you.
A. I am very satisfied with it D. I don't like it
B. I don't think so E. It's too difficult to do
C. Sorry to hear that
Jawaban : A

33. X : Why didn't you ride your motor-cycle here?

Y : It ........ last week.
A. sells D. is being sold
 B. was sold E. has been sold
C. has to sell
Jawaban : B

34. Shifa : It's difficult for me to solve the mathematics problem. I can't do it myself.
Radita : Let's solve it together, I'll have my brother ........ us if we can't do it.
A. help D. helped
B. to help E. helping
C. helps
Jawaban : C

35. Andre : Did you join the trip last holiday?

Firdaus : If my father had given me permission, I would have joined it.
From the dialogue we know that ........
A. Firdaus joined the trip
B. Andre didn't join the trip
C. Firdaus really wanted to join the trip but he didn't
D. Andre wanted Firdaus to join the trip
E. Firdaus' father permitted him to join the trip
Jawaban : C

36. Sherly : Billows of smoke from the forest fires in Jambi, Riau and West Kalimantan
are becoming thicker and thicker. They have harmful effects on our health
and daily activities.
Raissa : That's right. I think the government ........ people to understand the value of
forests and stop their bad habits.
A. educated D. would educate
B. have educated E. should have educated
C. are educating
Jawaban : E

37. Curiosity is a characteristic shown by many other animals, but organizing

and ........ knowledge is a skill demonstrated by humans alone.
A. discovering D. recording
B. doing E. writing
C. making
Jawaban : A

38. Thailand, which has already won three gold medals at the Athens Olympics, will bid to
host the games in 2016, media reports ........ on Sunday.
A. said D. demanded
B. claimed E. justified
C. purposed
Jawaban : A

39. Hellen Keller Was known and admired throughout the world for the way she overcame
 her handicaps.
The underlined word means ........
A. clarity in speaking
B. curiosity among friends
C. ability to do something good
D. difficulty in understanding something
E. disability of a person's body
Jawaban : D

40. The island over there is not occupied.

The underlined words mean ........
A. isolated D. incontinent
B. infertile E. uninteresting
C. uninhabite
Jawaban : C

LATIHAN 18

"Koko, where are you?" Hamid called softly to his cat.

"He may have wandered to the harbour," said Hamid's friend, Muchtar.
Soon, the boys were at the harbour's gate, marked 'Gate 6', of Priok Harbour. Two
policemen were guarding the gate. The boys moved quietly so that the policemen would not
see them. The boys knew the policemen would chase them away if they saw them.
The boys knew Koko was somewhere neat the gate because they had heard him meowing.
The sound seemed to have come from a taxi that was parked near by. Hamid and Muchtar
saw two men standing beside the taxi. The men were talking in low tones. Then, one of them
opened the carboot, and Hamid saw Koko crouching among some bags.
Not long after that, the men left. Hamid quickly ran to the taxi. Finding the boat unlocked,
Hamid lifted the lid. What a shock! There were bags of explosive! At the moment, Hamid
heard the men coming back. He swept Koko into his arms and ran back to where Muchtar
was keeping watch.
"Those men are smugglers trying to bring explosive into the harbour," Hamid whispered
to Muchtar.
"What shall we do?" asked Muchtar fearfully.
"We must alert the policemen at the gate," Hamid said.
The boys moved cautiously until they reached the gate. Hamid told the policemen what he
had seen. The policemen did not really believe him, but they went with the boys to the taxi.
The policemen were just in time to see the men taking the bags of explosive out of the boot.
The policemen quickly stopped the men and handcuffed them.

1. Where did the two boys see the smugglers ........

A. Somewhere near the harbour. D. Near a taxi.
B. At the guarded gate. E. At gate 6.
C. At Priok harbour.
Jawaban : D
 2. The purpose of the text is to ........
A. tell past events
B. entertain readers
C. describe the smugglers
D. report an event to the police
E. inform readers about events of the day
Jawaban : A

3. Hamid ........ when he saw bags of explosives inside the boot.

A. ran back to Muchtar's place D. left the taxi quickly
B. swept Koko into his arms E. was very shocked
C. found the boot unlocked
Jawaban : E

4. "The policemen quickly stopped the men and handcuffed them." (The last paragraph)
This part of the text is called ........
A. resolution D. reorientation
B. orientation E. complication
C. description
Jawaban : A

Once upon a time there was a poor widow who had an only son named Jack. They were so
poor that they didn't have anything except a cow. When the cow had grown too old, his
mother sent Jack to the market to sell it. On the way to the market, Jack met a butcher who
had some beautiful beans in his hand. The butcher told the boy that the beans were of great
value and persuaded the silly fad to sell the cow for the beans.
Jack brought them happily. When he told his mother about this, his mother became so
angry that she threw the beans out of the window.
When Jack woke up in the morning, he felt the sun shining into a part of his room but all
the rest was quite dark and shady.
So he jumped to the window. What did he see? The beanstalk grew up quite close past
Jack's window. He opened the window and jumped to the beanstalk which ran up just like a
big ladder.
He climbed ... and climbed till at last he reached the sky. While looking around, he saw a
very huge castle. He was very amazed.
Then Jack walked along the path leading to the castle. There was a big tall woman on the
doorstep. Jack greeted her and asked for the giantess mercy to give him breakfast, because he
felt very hungry. Although the giantess grumbled at first, finally she gave Jack a hunk of
bread and cheese and a jug of milk.
Jack hadn't finished when the whole house, began to tremble with the noise of someone's
coming. "Oh! It's my husband!" cried the giantess. "What on earth shall I do?"
Hastily the giantess opened a very big cupboard and hid Jack there.

5. Where did Jack sell his cow ........

A. At a castle. D. At the butcher's house.
B. At the market. E. On the way to the market.
C. At the giant's castle.
Jawaban : E

6. What is the story about ........

A. Jack and a butcher. D. A poor widow and his son.
B. Jack and the giantess. E. The giantess and her husband.
C. Jack and the bean stalk.
Jawaban : C

7. "Oh! It's my husband!" cried the giantess. (Paragraph 7)

"What on earth shall I do?"
From the sentence we know that the giantess is ........ her husband.
A. afraid of D. annoyed with
B. angry with E. displeased with.
C. fed up with
Jawaban : A

8. Jack's mother looked very furious when Jack told that ........
A. the beans were precious
B. the butcher bought his cow
C. he had sold his cow to a butcher
D. he traded his cow for the beans
E. he met a butcher on the way to the market
Jawaban : D

9. What do we learn from the text ........

A. Sincerity makes Jack get something precious.
B. Jack's mother was a furious mother.
C. Poverty makes people hopeless.
D. The giantess took pity on Jack.
E. Jack was an innocent boy.
Jawaban : A

Silkworms live for only two or three days after laying eggs. About 36,000 to 50,000 eggs
are laid, and these are carefully stored at the silkworm farm until they are ready to hatch. The
eggs hatch into caterpillars, which feed on mulberry leaves. Soon, the caterpillars are ready
to spin their cocoons. Not all caterpillars can spin silk cocoons.
Only the caterpillars of a silkworm moth known as 'Bombyx mari' can do such spinning.
This caterpillar has special glands which secrete liquid silk through its lower lip. The
liquid produced later hardens to form tine strands. The caterpillar makes its cocoons using
these strands. The threads on the outside of the cocoon are rough, while those inside are soft
and smooth.
Some fully-spun cocoons are heated. This kills the pupa inside. The cocoons are then put
into hot water to loosen the fine threads. Finally, these threads are reeled off the cocoons.
The length of unbroken thread produced by a single cocoon measures about one-and-a-
half kilometers. Being twisted together several of these threads make single woven materials.

10. What is the purpose of the text ........

A. To persuade readers to buy silk.
B. To put silk into different categories.
C. To entertain readers with the knowledge.
D. To present some points of view about silk.
E. To describe how silk comes into existence.
Jawaban : E

11. How are the threads on the outside of the cocoon ........
A. Fine. D. Strong.
B. Soft. E. Smooth.
C. Rough.
Jawaban : C

12. What are mulberry leaves for ........

A. Feeding caterpillars. D. Hatching eggs.
B. Spinning cocoons. E. Laying eggs.
C. Storing threads.
Jawaban : A

The sense of taste is one of a person's five senses. We taste with the help of taste-buds in
the tongue.
There are four main kinds of taste: sweet, sour, salty, and bitter. All other tastes are just
mixtures of two or more of these main types.
The surface of the tongue has more than fifteen thousand taste-buds (or cells). These are
connected to the brain by special nerves which send the so-called 'tastes messages.
When the tongue comes into contact with food of any kind, the taste-buds will pick up the
taste. The nerves then send a message to the brain. This will make us aware of the taste. All
this happens in just a few seconds.
There are four kinds of taste-buds, each of which is sensitive to only a particular taste.
These four groups are located in different parts of the tongue.
The taste-buds for salty and sweet tastes are found round the tip of the tongue and along its
sides. Sour tastes can be picked up only at the sides of the tongue. The taste-buds of the bitter
taste are found at the innermost edge of the tongue. There are taste-buds at the centre of the
tongue.
The senses of smell and sight can affect taste. The good smell of food increases its taste.
Similarly, attractive colours can make food appear tastier and more delicious. If food does
not smell good or is dull-coloured, it will look tasty and may not taste good at all.
Very hot or cold sensations can make the taste-buds insensitive. Food that is too hot or too
cold, when placed in the mouth, will have no tastes at all.

13. We can taste any kind of food because of ........

A. the good smell of food
B. the four main kinds of taste
C. the taste-buds in the tongue
D. the senses of smell and sight
E. the taste-buds round the tip of the tongue
Jawaban : C

14. When we eat very hot or cold food ........

A. the food will lose its taste
B. the food won't smell good
C. the taste of the food increases
D. the taste-buds will be sensitive
E. the taste-buds will be very, responsive
Jawaban : A

15. The senses of smell and sight ........

A. increase the taste of the food
B. affect the taste of the food
C. make food more delicious
D. make the food look good
E. make the food attractive
Jawaban : B

16. The purpose of the text is ........

A. to explain how we can taste any food in the mouth
B. to give a report about the sense of taste
C. to inform how important the tongue is
D. to describe the use of the tongue
E. to tell the taste of the food
Jawaban : B

Lyme Regis is a beautiful old seaside town, with a lively little harbour, beaches, and lovely
walks, either by the sea or in the country nearby. For children there is the Marine Aquarium
and Dinosaur land, and in summer you can escape from the crowds and relax in the Jane
Austen Gardens with beautiful views over the sea. There are many interesting old streets with
cafes and restaurants. The best restaurant is the Pilot Boat down by the beach, which has very
good food and excellent wine.

17. Many tourists are interested in coming to Lyme Regis.

This means that Lyme Regis is ........
 A. amazing D. delightful
B. excellent E. advantageous
C. attractive
Jawaban : C

18. The purpose of the text is ........

A. to describe Lyme Regis
B. to describe the way people live
C. to describe how Lyme Regis is
D. to inform some beautiful places
E. to amuse readers with a beautiful object
Jawaban : A

19. "... and in summer you can escape from crowds ..."
The italic phrase means ........
A. find D. avoid
B. keep E. release
C. loose
Jawaban : D

MELBOURNE, Jan 22 (UPI) - Fire authorities in four Australian states are to control
bushfires fanned by strong winds and searing temperatures.

The Australian reported Sunday that blazes continued to burn in South Australia,
Tasmania, Western Australia and Victoria, where up to six homes have been destroyed.
In South Australia, much of Adelaide is engulfed in thick smoke. The firefighters who are
confronted by blast-furnace winds try to bring the flames under control.
At Robertstown in the state's mid-north, more than 2,500 acres have already burned.
Another bushfire, started by lightning, charred the earth near Mouth Flat on the southern side
of Kangaroo Island, while Ngarkat Conservation Park, in the State's upper-southeast, is also a
blaze.
A 7,500-acres fire at Mount Agnew in Zeehan, in the state's west, broke containment
lines Saturday afternoon, jumping a road and coming close to homes.
The most serious fires were in Victoria, where up to six homes were destroyed by a
fire near the town of Anakie, 36 miles west of Melbourne.
In Tasmania, falling temperatures and patchy, rain brought some relief to firefighters,
who continued to monitor 22 blazes across the state.

20. The writer wrote the text to ........ readers about newsworthy events in four Australian
states.
A. entertain D. inform
B. persuade E. amuse
C. explain
Jawaban : D

21. What is the text about ........

 A. Fires in some areas of Australia. D. The danger of fire.
B. Weather effect on fire. E. The cause of fire.
C. The effects of fires.
Jawaban : A

22. The fires increasingly happened parts of Australia because of ........

A. strong winds and searing temperatures
B. falling temperatures
C. thick smoke
D. heavy rain
E. lightning
Jawaban : A

23. The reporter most likely got the information from ........
A. visitors D. fire fighters
B. tourists E. homeless people
C. commuters
Jawaban : D

24. "..., while Ngarkat Conservation Park, in the state's upper-southeast, is also a blaze."
(Paragraph 3)
What do the italic words mean ........
A. dangerous D. on fire
B. covered E. at risk
C. isolated
Jawaban : D
 25. The purpose of the text is ........
A. to inform what PacAtta Signature Pursuit is
B. to share amusing events of the day with readers
C. to explain how PacAtta Signature Pursuit help you
D. to announce readers to join PacAtta Signature . Pursuit
E. to inform readers how to join PacAtta Signature Pursuit
Jawaban : C

26. The text is about ........

A. a mailing system D. the cost of delivery system
B. C.O.D information E. an announcement from PacAtta S.P
C. USP signature tracking
Jawaban : E

27. C.O.D information is ........

A. the cost of delivery
B. the reference number information
C. the cite of destination of the package
D. information about customer payment
E. the weight and dimensions of a package
Jawaban : A

28. "These new feature can help streamline your billing tasks, ..."
The italic word means ........
A. idea D. thought
B. aspect E. phenomena
C. opinion
Jawaban : B

FILMS INTACT

2002 Juan Carlos Fresnadillo,

Federico and Sam are two lucky men, Federico survived an earthquake and has the
power to wrench fortune from those around him: he has the gift, Sam is a survivor of the
Jewish holocaust and manages a casino in the middle of a lava desert. One day Federico
challenges Sam, who expels him from paradise, taking his gift from him.
Years later, Federico thinks that he has found in Tomas, the only survivor of an air
accident, the instrument of his vengeance. By teaching him to control fortune, he can use him
to return to the casino and challenge the God of fortune. Together they begin a journey of
initiation, a succession of ever more strange and difficult tests in which the highest bet is the
luck of others; luck, which in this game is captured in a simple photograph. Everything goes
well until Sara, a policewoman who survives a car accident which kills her family, becomes
obsessed with discovering what is behind these clandestine games in which death and luck
become enmeshed. In which only one can remain intact. This film is really worth watching.
 29. The purpose of the text is ........
A. to describe a film
B. to describe how a film is made
C. to inform readers about a good film
D. to entertain readers by telling a story
E. to review a film for a public audience
Jawaban : E

30. After reading the review, how would you judge this film ........
A. Bad. D. Mediocre.
B. Fait. E. Excellent.
C. Not bad.
Jawaban : E

31. What does the writer suggest to the audience ........

A. The film is forgettable.
B. They should watch the film.
C. They should neglect the film.
D. They should make another film.
E. The writer should promote the film.
Jawaban : B

To improve comfort and cleanliness at our school, a number of dust bins should be
increased.
When we look at classrooms, school corridors and school yard, there are papers,
mineral water cups, straws, and napkins here and there. The condition of uncleanliness and
discomfort really hinders learning and teaching environment. Litters thrown carelessly cause
disease, especially empty plastic cups or glasses. They can be filled out with water coming
from the rain. This can be placed for dengue mosquitoes to spread out. Besides, these rubbish
can deteriorate the scene. Well painted wall and green school yard do not mean anything if
litters are scattered everywhere.
Anyway I notice that most of the students in our school have responsibilities for their
school environment. They put their litters on the proper places. But some are not diligent
enough to find the dust bins. The numbers of dust bins in our schools are not enough. More
dust bins should be put beside each of steps, outside, of the classrooms, and some more along
the corridors. Probably one dust bin should be in every ten meters. So when students want to
throw away their litters, they can find the dust bins easily.
When school is equipped with sufficient dust bins, we do not have problems of filth
and discomfort any more. Our school will be very clean and become a nice place to study.

32. What is the writer's intention? To ........ readers to do something good.

A. inform. D. entertain.
B. explain. E. persuade.
C. describe.
Jawaban : E
33. According to the writer, more dust bins ........ in every ten meters.
A. should be decorated D. are unnecessary
B. should be painted E. are not required
C. should be placed
Jawaban : C

34. What is the writer's argument on a sufficient number of dust bins ........
A. They can prevent litters.
B. They can save janitor's energy.
C. Students are asked to clean them.
D. They make school environment neat.
E. Students can throw garbage away easily.
Jawaban : D

35. What is the writer's suggestion ........

A. To buy more dust bins.
B. To hire more gardeners.
C. To use dust bins efficiently.
D. To ask parents to give more dust bins.
E. To ask students to clean the school yard.
Jawaban : A

LATIHAN 19

1. In which section would you likely read the ad?

A. Company for sale. D. Entertainment Guide,
B. Office equipment. E. Stationary and office.
C. Job vacancy.
Jawaban : C

2. What position is offered in the advertisement?

A. Salesman. D. Office staff.
 B. Wholesaler. E. Director assistant.
C. Accountant.
Jawaban : C

3. Apply with curriculum vitae to Mrs. Barton.

What information should the applicant include in it ?
A. Experience in managing a company.
B. A statement of salary wanted.
C. A prove of knowing about stationary.
D. A statement of responsibility.
E. A statement of education and work experience.
Jawaban : E

Once upon a time, a rabbit wanted to cross a river but he could not swim. He had an
idea. He saw a boss of crocodile swimming in the river. The rabbit asked the boss of
crocodile, "How many crocodiles are there in the river'?" The boss of crocodile answered,
"We are twenty here." "Where are they?" the rabbit asked for the second time. "What is it
for?" the boss of crocodile asked.
"All of you are good, nice, gentle and kind, so I want to make a line in order. Later I
will know how kind you are," said the rabbit. Then, the boss of the crocodile called all his
friends and asked them to make a line in order from one side to the other side of the river.
Just then, the rabbit started to count while jumping from one crocodile to another : one ... two
... three ... four ... until twenty, and finally, he thanked all crocodiles because he had crossed
the river.

4. The story mainly tells us about ........

A. twenty crocodiles
B. the boss of the crocodile
C. a rabbit and twenty crocodiles
D. a rabbit and the boss of crocodile
E. the boss of the crocodile and all his friends
Jawaban : C

5. We know from the first paragraph that the rabbit actually wanted ........
A. to cross the river
B. to swim across the river
 C. to meet the boss of crocodile
D. to know where the crocodiles are
E. to know the number of crocodiles there
Jawaban : A

6. All of you are good, nice gentle, and kind ...."

(Paragraph 2) The underlined word is synonymous with ........
A. wild D. easygoing
B. diligent E. honourable
C. cheerful
Jawaban : E

The University of Australia

The University of Australia has an international reputation for educational
professionals and for applied research. It is Australia's largest university, with six campuses,
including a specialized technology campus. The university places particular importance on
the quality of its teaching and learning programs, and on its working links with industry,
business and government.

7. The whole paragraph promotes that ........

A. the University of Australia offers excellent educational programs
B. the University of Australia is the largest university in the country
C. the University of Australia has a specialized technology campus
D. the university places particular importance on technology
E. the university has six campuses
Jawaban : A

8. Which information is NOT TRUE about the University of Australia?

A. It has an international educational reputation.
B. It also has a specialized technology campus.
C. It has six technology campuses.
D. It is Australia's largest university.
E. It has good relation with industry.
Jawaban : C

9. It is stated that the university has good relationship with ........

A. educational professionals D. other campuses
B. specialized technology E. industry
C. large universities
Jawaban : E

10. "The University of Australia has an international educational reputation for ..."
The underlined word means ........
A. knowledge D. character
B. prestige E. interest
C. attitude
 Jawaban : B

The police thought that two burglars started the robbery at 151 Pattimura street on Sunday
afternoon. The burglars broke into the students' room while they were going to a football
game. They never thought that while they were away, burglars would break into their
boarding house.

11. What happened to the students' room on Sunday afternoon?

A. The police broke it. D. 'Iwo burglars broke it.
B. The police ruined it. E. The students started to ruin it.
C. Burglars broke into it.
Jawaban : C

12. The burglars broke into the room when the students ........
A. were at a party D. were at a football game
B. were taking a rest E. were watching football on TV
C. were playing football
Jawaban : D

13. "The burglars broke into the students room ...."

The underlined phrase means ........
A. broke forcefully D. easily entered
B. entered by force E. came into
C. put into pieces
Jawaban : B

14. The students seem to think that ........

A. they had locked their room
B. their boarding house was not safe
C. their boarding house was in a safe area
D. thieves would easily break into their room
E. there would be a robbery in their boarding house
Jawaban : C

An elephant is the largest and strongest of all animals. It is a strange looking animal with its
thick legs, huge sides and backs, large hanging ears, a small tail, little eyes, long white tusks
and above all it has a long nose, the trunk.

The trunk is the elephant's peculiar feature, and it has various uses. The elephant draws up
water by its trunk and can squirt it all over its body like a shower bath. It can also lift leaves
and puts them, into its mouth. In fact the trunk serves the elephant as a long arm and hand.
An elephant looks very clumsy and heavy and yet it can move very quickly.

The elephant is very intelligent animal. Its intelligence combined with its great strength
makes it a very useful servant to man and it can be trained to serve in various ways such as
carry heavy loads, hunt for tigers and even fight.
 15. The third paragraph is mainly about the fact that ........
A. elephants are strong D. elephants are very useful
B. elephants can lift logs E. elephants must be trained
C. elephants are servants
Jawaban : D

16. Which of the following is NOT part of the elephant described in the first paragraph?
A. It looks strange D. It has a trunk.
B. It is heavy E. It has a small tail.
C. It is wild
Jawaban : C

17. It is stated in the text that the elephant uses the trunk to do the following,
EXCEPT ........
A. to eat D. to carry things
B. to push E. to squirt water over the body
C. to drink
Jawaban : B

18. "The trunk is the elephant's peculiar feature ..." " (Paragraph 2)
The underlined word is close in meaning to ........
A. large D. smooth
B. strange E. long
C. tough
Jawaban : B

Have you ever wondered how people get chocolate from? In this Article we'll enter the
amazing world of chocolate so you can understand exactly what you're eating.
Chocolate starts with a tree called the cacao tree. This tree grows in equatorial regions,
especially in places such as South America, Africa, and Indonesia. The cacao tree produces a
fruit about the size of a small pine apple. Inside the fruit are the tree's seeds, also known as
cocoa beans.
The beans are fermented for about a week, dried in the sun and then shipped to the
chocolate maker. The chocolate maker starts by roasting the beans to bring out the flavor.
Different beans from different places have different qualities and flavor, so they are often
sorted and blended to produce a distinctive mix. Next, the roasted beans are winnowed.
Winnowing removes the meat nib of the cacao bean from its shell. Then, the nibs are
blended. The blended nibs are ground to make it a liquid. The liquid is called chocolate
liquor. It tastes bitter. All seeds contain some amount of fat, and cacao beans are not
different. However, cacao beans are half fat, which is why the ground nibs form liquid. It's
pure bitter Chocolate.

19. The text is about ........

A. the cacao tree D. the making of chocolate
B. the cacao beans E. the flavour of chocolate
 C. the raw chocolate
Jawaban : D

20. The third paragraph focuses on ........

A. the process of producing chocolate
B. how to produce the cocoa flavour
C. where chocolate comes from
D. It the chocolate liquor
E. the cacao fruit
Jawaban : A

21. ".... so, they are often sorted and blended to produce ...." (Paragraph 3)
The underlined word is close in meaning to ....
A. arranged D. distributed
B. combined E. organized
C. separated
Jawaban : C

22. How does the chocolate maker start to make chocolate ?

A. By fermenting the beans. D. By sorting the beans.
B. By roasting the beans. E. By drying the beans.
C. By blending the beans.
Jawaban : B

Two students were discussing the school's new rule that all the students must wear a cap and
a tie. One of them showed her annoyance. She said that wearing a cap and a tie was only
suitable for a flag rising ceremony. So, she was against the rule. Contrary to the girl's
opinion, the other student was glad with it. He said that he didn't mind with the new rule
because wearing a cap and a tie will make the students look great and like real educated
persons. The first student gave the reasons that they would feel uncomfortable and hot.
Moreover, the classrooms were not air conditioned. The second said it wasn't a big problem.
He was sure that the students would wear them proudly. They would surely be used to it any
way.

23. The two students are discussing ........

A. the facilities in school D. their friends
B. their homework E. their family
C. their uniform
Jawaban : C

24. The boy said that he agreed.with the new rule in his school.
Which statement shows his agreement?
A. He was not annoyed.
B. He would not obey the rule.
C. He didn't care of the rule.
D. He didn't like wearing a cap and tie.
 E. He didn't mind wearing a cap and tie.
Jawaban : E

25. The boy believed that all students would ........

A. have a high spirit to study D. follow the new rule
B. solve their own problems E. feel uncomfortable
C. care for their environment
Jawaban : D

26. "One of them showed her annoyance, ..."

The underlined word is close in meaning to ........
A. responsibility D. applause
B. displeasure E. response
C. agreement
Jawaban : B

SINGAPORE: A supervisor was jailed for two months for repeatedly striking his
Indonesian maid on the head and back with a television remote.
Muhammad Shafiq Woon Abdullah was brought to court in Singapore because he had
physically hurt the woman on several occasions between June and October 2002. the Straits
Time said.
The magistrate's court heard that Shafiq, 31, began striking Winarti, 22, about a month
after she started working for him.
He hit her on the head with the TV sets remote control because he was unhappy with
her work. On one occasion, he punched her on the back after accusing her of daydreaming.
S.S. Dhillon, Shafiq's lawyer, said that his client had become mad when he saw his
daughter's face covered as she was lying in bed. He said his Client thought the maid had put
the child in danger.

27. The text reported ........

A. the arrest of a supervisor
B. the working condition in Singapore
C. an Indonesian worker in Singapore
D. the Indonesian workers' condition in Singapore
E. a crime by a Singaporean supervisor towards his maid
Jawaban : E

28. Which one of the following statements is TRUE according to the text ?
A. A supervisor was put in jail for two years.
B. The supervisor gave many kinds of jobs to the maid.
C. The maid has been working for him for two months.
D. Winarti struck the supervisor with a remote control.
E. The supervisor hit his maid's head with the TV set's remote control.
Jawaban : E

29. " ... he physically hurt the woman ..." (Paragraph 2)

 The underlined word is close in meaning to ........
A. cut D. punished
B. injured E. damaged
C. offended
Jawaban : B

30. Why did Shafiq punch Winarti on her back?

She was accused of ........
A. talking much time for herself D. daydreaming
B. not working properly E. being lazy
C. working carelessly
Jawaban : D

Singapore is a city state, it is a city but it is also a state. It is a republic. Along with
Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, the Philippines and Brunei, it belongs to ASEAN, the
Association of South-East Asian Nations.
Like Indonesia, Singapore is a country of "Bhineka Tunggal Ika." Chinese, Malays.
Indians and Eurasians make up its citizens. Other Asians, including Indonesians, Japanese,
Philippines, Koreans, Thais and Arabs also live on that tiny island. Singapore is sometimes
called "Instant Asia" because you can see varieties of customs, cultures, and foods of nearly
all Asia in Singapore.

31. The text mainly talks about Singapore as ........

A. a nation D. a city state
B. an island E. a memberof ASEAN
C. a republic
Jawaban : D

32. Singapore's citizens consist of ........

A. Brunei, Indians
B. Chinese, Thais and Arab
C. Chinese, Malays, Indians, and Eurasians
D. Eurasians and Philippines
E. Asians and Arabs
Jawaban : E

33. "... Koreans, Thais and Arabs live on that tiny island." (Paragraph 2).
The underlined word may be replaced by "very ........"
A. cute D. broad
B. huge E. harrow
C. small
Jawaban : C

34. Eka : Are you free today?

Lidya : Yes, what's up?
Blur : Would you like to come with me to see the "Peterpan" show tonight?
 Lidya : Thanks, I'd be delighted to. It's my favourite band.
What are the speakers going to do?
A. To stay at home. D. To watch Peterpan at home.
B. To see Peterpan show. E. To come to their friend's house.
C. To arrange their free time.
Jawaban : B

35. Mira : Hi, Dad, I will be late home because the committee will hold a meeting after
class. Father : It's okay but you must go straight home after the meeting.
Mira : Don't worry, Dad.
Mother : What did Mira say?
Father : She said that she would be late home today.
What is the most possible place where Mira is talking to her father?
A. A hall. D. Her school.
B. Her home. E. A meeting room.
C. The office.
Jawaban : B

LATIHAN 20

Some of the world's finest roads make use of bodies of water. They are called canals.
Canals are man made waterways. They are usually straight and narrow. But they are
filled with water. They connect rivers and lakes, oceans and lakes, rivers and rivers, and
oceans and oceans so that boats and ships can go from one to the other.
Most canals are used for transportation. Barges, boats, and ships carry goods over canals.
Some are used to irrigate land or to carry sewage from large cities. Canals also reduce the
cost of shipping goods and offer travel short cuts.
Canals even go over hills and mountains. But you know that water can't flow up a hill; so
how can the water and boats in a canal go up a hill?
Something called a lock is used. It is a giant tank. The tank is big enough to hold a long
boat. The boat floats into the tank, and the doors behind it are closed to lock the boat in there.
Then more water is let into the tank. When the tank is full of water, the tank door in front of
the boat is opened and the boat floats out. The boat floats higher and higher as the water
rises. It floats either out into a higher part of the canal or into another tank or lock, which will
lift it still higher.
To go down the hill on the other side, the boat enters a lock that is full of water. As the
water is let out of the lock, the boat will float lower and lower. So locks make it possible for
boats or ships to move from one water level to another.

1. The text is about ........

A. roads D. world's finest canals
B. waterways E. straight and narrow roads
C. water transportation
Jawaban : D

2. Why do people build canals ........

A. To lift boats. D. To hold a giant tank.
B. To rise water. E. To connect rivers, lakes, and oceans.
C. To store sewage.
Jawaban : E

3. According to the text the canals join together the following EXCEPT ........
A. rivers and lakes D. rivers and oceans
B. oceans and lakes E. oceans and oceans
C. rivers and rivers
Jawaban : D

4. "They are straight and narrow like some roads." (Paragraph 2)

The antonym of the underlined word is ........
A. flat D. indirect
B. rough E. winding
C. bumpy
Jawaban : E

The Three Sheiks and Queen of Arabia

 Maura, who liked to be thought of as the most beautiful and powerful queen of Arabia,
had many suitors. One by one she discarded them, until her list was reduced to just three
sheiks, all equally young and handsome, rich and strong. It was very hard to decide who
would be the best of them.
One evening, Maura disguised herself and went to the camp of the three sheiks, as they
were about to have dinner, and asked them for something to eat.
The first gave her some leftover food; the second gave her some unappetizing camel's
tail; the third sheik, who was called Hakim, offered her some of the most tender and tasty
meat. After dinner, the disguised queen left the sheiks' camp.
The following day the queen invited the three sheiks to dinner at her palace. She ordered
her servants to give each one exactly what they had given her the evening before.
Hakim, who received a plate of delicious meat, refused to eat it if the other two could not
share it with him, and this act finally convinced Queen Maura that he was the man for her.
"Without question, Hakim is the most generous of you," she announced her choice to the
sheiks." So it is Hakim I will marry."

5. The three sheiks were not ........

A. rich D. gloomy
B. young E. handsome
C. strong
Jawaban : D

6. Which statement is TRUE about the queen ........

A. The queen was the most powerful queen in Africa.
B. The queen was very proud of her beauty and riches.
C. The queen herself served the sheiks with delicious food.
D. The queen was very careful in deciding whom she would mary.
E. The queen was very satisfied with the food given by the sheiks.
Jawaban : D

7. The Queen ordered her servants to give the sheiks the same kind of food she got from
the evening before because ........
A. she wanted to entertain her guests
B. she wanted to test the sheiks's taste
C. she wanted to see the sheiks's reactions
 D. she wanted to make a joke of the sheiks
E. she wanted to repay the sheik's kindness
Jawaban : C

8. The main idea of paragraph six is ........

A. Hakim was an unselfish person.
B. Hakim was served with succulent meat.
C. Hakim was satisfied with the food served.
D. Hakim wanted to share the food with the sheiks.
E. Hakim had made the queen find the resolution of her problem.
Jawaban : A

We, a mining consultant company, are looking for ........

9. What is the text about ........

A. Wisma Emha. D. An application letter.
B. A job vacancy. E. PT Citra Energy Development.
C. A senior secretary.
Jawaban : B

10. The following are the requirements asked EXCEPT ........

A. Five years experience.
B. Able to operate a computer.
C. Able to speak and write in English.
D. A graduate from a reputable university.
E. Application letter should be sent ten days after this ads.
Jawaban : E

Petroleum products, such as gasoline, kerosene, home heating oil, residual fuel oil and
lubricating oils, come from one source. Crude oil is found below the earth surface, as well as
under large bodies of water, from a few hundred feet below the surface to as deep as 25.000
feet into the earth interior. Crude oil is obtained by drilling a hole through the earth, but
sometimes more dry holes are drilled than those producing oil. Pressure at the source, or
pumping, forces the crude oil to the surface.
Crude oil wells flow at varying rates, from ten to thousands of barrels per hour.
Petroleum products very greatly in physical appearance: thin, thick, transparent, or opaque.
Their chemical compositions are made up of only two elements: carbon and hydrogen, which
form compounds called hydrocarbons. Other chemical elements found in the union with the
hydrocarbons are few and are classified as impurities. Trace elements are also found, but
these are of such minute quantities that they are disregarded.
The various petroleum products are refined from the crude oil by heating and
condensing the vapors of crude oil. These products are called light oils such as gasoline,
kerosene, and distillate oil.

11. The best title of the text is ........

A. Petroleum Products. D. Processing Petroleum Products.
B. Crude Oil Products. E. Petroleum Chemical Compositing.
C. Petroleum Processing.
Jawaban : B

12. "....., but these are of such minute quantities." (Paragraph 2)

The antonym of the underlined word is ........
A. big D. plain
B. wide E. apparent
C. broad
Jawaban : A

13. The second paragraph is mainly about ........

A. the products of crude oil
B. the elements of crude oil
C. the impurities of crude oil
D. the physical appearance of crude oil
E. the chemical compositions of crude oil
Jawaban : E

Mangrove Trees

A mangrove is a tropical marine tree or shrub of the genus Rhizhopora. Mangroves have
special aerial roots and salt-filtering tap roots that enable them to thrive in brackish water
(brackish water is salty, but not as salty as sea water).
There are several species of mangrove trees found all over the world. Some prefer more
salinity, while others like to be very close t a large fresh water source (such as a river). Some
prefer areas that are sheltered from waves. Some species have their roots covered with sea
water everyday during high tide. Other species grow on dry land, but are still part of the
ecosystem.
Mangrove need to keep their trunk and leaves above the surface of the water. Yet they
also need to be firmly attached to the ground so they are not moved by waves. There are
three types of mangrove roots that play an important role for it:
1. Support roots which directly pierce the soil.
2. Level-growing roots which twist upwards and downwards, with the upward twists
emerging on the water surface.
3. Level-growing roots whose downward twist (sub-roots) appear on the water surface.
Any part of a root that appears above the water flows oxygen to the plant under water
surface. As the soil begins to build up, these roots produce additional roots that become
embedded in the soil.

14. The main idea of the text is ........

A. Mangroves grow on dry land
B. Mangroves are tropical marine trees
C. There are many species of mangroves
D. Mangrove roots filter the salt on the sea-water
E. Mangrove roots are attached firmly to the ground
Jawaban : B

15. We can conclude that most mangrove trees .......

A. need salt to grow. D. get oxygen from the water.
B. grow on dry land. E. grow near fresh water sources.
C. grow on sheltered areas.
Jawaban : A

16. In order to grow well mangroves require the following, EXCEPT ........
A. The roots twist upwards and downwards.
B. The trunk should be above the water surface.
C. The leaves should be above the water surface.
D. The trees should be firmly attacehd to the ground.
E. The parts of the plant under the water should have enought salt.
Jawaban : E

17. What is the announcement about ........

A. A school debate. D. Extracurricular activities.
B. A school competition. E. Participants of the debate.
C. A debate competition.
Jawaban : C

18. According to the text the competition ........

A. is only for students with good English.
 B. is in the form of spoken arguments.
C. is in the form of written arguments.
D. will be held after school hours.
E. will run for two days.
Jawaban : B

Is it important to know what your kids are watching? Of course yes. Television can
expose things you have tried to protect them from, especially violence, pornography,
consumerism, etc.
A study demonstrated that spending too much time on watching TV during the day or at
bed time often causes bed time disruption, stress, and short of sleep duration.
Another research found that there is a significant relationship between the amount of
time spent for watching television during adolescence and early adulthood, and the
possibility of being aggressive.
Meanwhile, many studies have identified a relationship between kids who watch TV a
lot and being inactive and overweight.
Considering some facts mentioned above, protect your children with the following tips:
1. Limit television viewing to 1 - 2 hours each day.
2. Do not allow your children to have a TV set in their bedrooms.
3. Review the rating of TV shows that your children watch.
4. Watch television with your children and discuss what is happening in the show.

19. What is the text about ........

A. The programs shown on TV.
B. Watching TV is disadvantageous.
C. The effects of watching television on kids.
D. Reviewing the ratings of TV shows is important.
E. The importance of knowing the program watched by our children.
Jawaban : C

20. The following are the effects of watching TV a lot EXCEPT ........
A. stress D. bed time disruption
B. being active E. shorten sleep duration
C. being aggressive
Jawaban : B

21. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the text ........
A. All TV program are good for children.
B. Children know what programs to watch.
C. It is good for a kid to watch TV all day long.
D. It is very important for children to have a TV set in their bedrooms.
E. Spending too much time for watching TV may cause kids inactive.
Jawaban : E

22. It is hard for a child to sleep because ........

A. the parents review TV's program
 B. the parents limit the time to watch TV
C. the kid watches TV with his/her parents
D. the kid watches too much TV at bedtime
E. the kid discusses the program with his/her parents
Jawaban : D

Nuclear power is generated by using uranium, which is a metal mined in various parts of
the world. The first large-scale nuclear power station was opened at Calder Hall in Cumbria,
England, in 1956.
Some military ships and submarines have nuclear power plant for engines. Nuclear
power produces around 11 % of the world's energy needed, and produces huge amounts of
energy. It causes no pollution as you'd get when burning fossil fuels.
The advantages of nuclear is as follows:
1. It costs about the same as coal, so it's not expensive to make.
2. It doesn't produce smoke or carbon dioxide, so it doesn't contribute to the greenhouse
effect.
3. It produces huge amounts of energy from small amount of uranium.
4. It produces small amounts of waste.
5. It is reliable.
On the other hand, nuclear power is very, very dangerous. It must be sealed up and
buried for many years to allow the radioactivity to die away: Furthermore, although it is
reliable, a lot of money has to be spent on safety because if it does go wrong, a nuclear
accident can be a major disaster.
People are increasingly concerned about this. In the 1990's nuclear power was the fastest
growing source of power in many parts of the world. In 2005, it was the 2nd slowest-growing.

23. The text dismisses ........

A. nuclear in general
B. nuclear biggest station
C. the danger of radioactive
D. the disadvantages of nuclear power
E. the advantages and disadvantages of nuclear power
Jawaban : E

24. The opposite of dangerous is ........(Paragraph 4)

A. vile D. calm
B. dull E. safe
C. tiny
Jawaban : E

25. Why is nuclear power very dangerous? Because ........

A. its radioactivity lasts long D. it is cheap
B. uranium is renewable E. it is safe
C. it is reliable
Jawaban : A
 26. Which statement is TRUE about nuclear ........
A. It is reliable. D. It affects the greenhouse.
B. It is costly to make. E. It produces small amounts of energy.
C. It causes air pollution.
Jawaban : A

Breaking and Entering is an unusual film. Will and Sandy are two architects working on
a major urban renewal project in the King's Cross section in London. The area is unsafe and
ready for such a project. Will and Sandy move their offices into a nearby vacant warehouse.
Will has to deal with constant burglaries at his new office. One night, he saw Miro
trying to break into the building. He chased Miro to his run down apartment block and
watched him return home to his mother, Amira, a Bosnian immigrant who makes a living
tailoring clothes. Soon, Will 'meet' Amira and they begin an affair. And Amira learns that
Will holds the key of her son's future. How far will this mother go to protect her son?
Breaking and Entering is a very interesting film, it is almost entirely character driven. Tis is
not a bad thing although in the film we are exposed to a story or action driven.
Anthony Minghella, the director, creates some of the most believable, interesting
characters these actors have ever played. It is almost painful to watch them on their journey.
Each of the characters makes decisions affecting how their lives will play out, or change and
these decisions and actions affect the story. The characters aren't reacting to the story. They
are changing it.

27. The text is mainly about ........

A. a review of a new film, Breaking and Entering
B. the process in making the new film, Breaking and Entering
C. an amusing story dealing with experience in different ways
D. an account of an unusual or amusing incident retold by the film
E. the description how the film is accomplished through a series of steps
Jawaban : E

28. "Will and Sandy move their offices into a nearby vacant warehouse." (Paragraph 1)
The antonym of the underlined word is ........
A. empty D. occupied
B. fulfilled E. luxurious
C. covered
Jawaban : B

29. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the text ........
A. Miro is one of the burglars who tried to break into Will's new office.
B. Will has to deal with constant burglaries at his new office.
C. Miro is Amira's son, a Bosnian immigrant who makes a living by tailoring clothes.
D. The area where the two architects work is unsafe and ready for a renewal project.
E. Minghella, the critic, creates some of the most interesting characters the actors have
ever played.
Jawaban : E
 PHILIPPINES: At least nine people were killed and dozens were injured when the
Philippines security forces clashed with dozens of slum dwellers who resisted the tearing
down of their homes in the northern province, a police commander said Tuesday.
Raul Gonzales, the police chief in the northern Cordillera area, said, that the soldiers
and police officers traded gunfire with dozens of people who are illegally occupying the
private land in Kalinga province.
"Our team was ambushed on their way to the community to be demolished," said
Gonzales. He added that the security only defended themselves after the residents dug
foxholes and opened fire with automatic rifles.
"Nine people were killed and dozens were wounded, including 10 police officers during
almost 10 hours of fighting. We even had to evacuate some of our officers who needed
surgery to get the bullets from their bodies."-Reuters

30. What is the passage about ........

A. An illegal gunfire trade.
B. A demolition of illegal slum dwellers.
C. A fight between the police officers and the soldiers.
D. A clash between the security forces and the slum dwellers.
E. A clash between the police officers and the security officers.
Jawaban : D

31. The clash happened because ........

A. illegal slum dwellers resisted the demolition of their homes.
B. the police officers and soldiers shot the dwellers.
C. nine people were killed by the security forces.
D. the police officers firing the dwellers.
E. the people dwelled on private land.
Jawaban : A

32. Raul Gonzales said that ........

A. ten police officers had to be evacuated.
B. ten police officers were killed in the fighting.
C. ten police officers were injured during the fighting.
D. some of the wounded people needed surgery.
E. more than ten police officers were killed and injured in the fighting.
Jawaban : C

Last week I took my five-year old son, Willy, to a musical instrument store in my
hometown. I wanted to buy him a set of junior drum because his drum teacher advised me to
buy him one. Willy likes listening to music very much. He also likes asking me everything he
wants to know. Even his questions sometimes seem precocious for a boy of his age. He is
very inquisitive.
We went there by car. On the way, we saw a policeman standing near a traffic light
regulating the passing cars and other vehicles. He blew his whistle now and then.
Seeing the policeman blowing his whistle, Willy asked me at once, "Dad, why is the
policeman using a whistle, not a drum?"
Hearing his unexpected question I answered reluctantly, "Because he is not Phil Collins!"

33. What does the text talk about ........

A. Willy and his new drum.
B. Phil Collins and his drum.
C. A policeman and his whistle.
D. Willy's drum private teacher.
E. The writer's five-years old son.
Jawaban : E

34. From the text above we know that Willy is a/n ........ boy.
A. smart D. childish
B. funny E. annoying
C. stupid
Jawaban : A

35. Which sentence makes the text a funny story ........

A. He is very inquisitive.
B. "Because he is not Phil Collins".
C. He blew his whistle now and then.
D. He also likes asking me everything he wants to know.
E. "Dad, why is the policeman using a whistle not a drum?"
Jawaban : B

LATIHAN 21

Every time they see illegal logging in their area, the women and children cry out,
"Where can we settle and make a living if our forests were gone?"
They are the forest people, members of the local Anak Dalam tribe, in Mangkekal
(Makekal), Bukit Duabelas national Park, Jambi province. They have tried very hard to
protect the forest zone from illegal logging operations. "Adult as well as children are fighting
for the conservation of this forest," said tribal chief Tumenggung (Regent) meriak.
The national park zone is about 60,000 hectares. It is home for about 1,500 Anak
Dalam. The tribesmen live in Mangkekal, Kedasung, Air hitam, and Terap.

1. The text mainly tells us about ........

A. forest people D. illegal logging
B. National Park E. illegal operation
C. forest conservation
Jawaban : D

2. Who were fighting for the conservation of the forest ........

A. Members of the local Anak Dalam
B. Tribal chief and his partner
C. Women and children
D. Adults and children
 E. Tribesmen
Jawaban : A

3. The purpose of the text is ........

A. to describe the Bukit Dua Belas National Park
B. to persuade readers about National Park Zone
C. to tell the readers what had happened in the forest
D. to entertain readers with a story about Anak Dalam
E. to inform readers about illegal logging
Jawaban : E

4. The tribesmen who are not included in the protest are from ........
A. Terap D. Kedasung
B. Jambi E. Mangkekal
C. Air hitam
Jawaban : B

The Incas used to be a large empire of 990.000 km² in Peru of South America. Their city
was high up in the Andes Mountains. They were well- known for their great wealth,
especially gold. This great empire was unfortunately destroyed in an attack by the Spaniards
who were searching for their famed gold. Although this empire existed way back in 1493, it
was not backward but complex and well-organized.
The empire was ruled by the Sapa Inca, Lord of the World, Son of the Sun. He owned
everything in the empire - the land, soil, gold and even the people. The people, therefore, had
no freedom.
Boys and girls were to life of obedience and tradition. They began working in their ayllu
or family groups. The rule was Ama sua, ama llulla, ama sheklla, which means, "Do not
steal, do not lie, do not be lazy."
Despite this difficult way of live, the Incas were very skilful. They constructed drainage
system and underground water reservoirs. Their buildings were made from huge stones.
These were cut to flit perfectly together so that no mortar was needed. Their rope bridges
were so strong that even a horse could gallop across them!
The Incas had no written language. Information was recorded on knotted strings called
quipus. These were also used as calculators. Strong and healthy young boys were chosen as
chasquis or couriers to carry messages from one place to another.

5. The text mainly tells about ........

A. Chasquis D. Spaniards
B. the Incas E. the Andes
C. Sapa Inca
Jawaban : B

6. "They constructed drainage system and underground water reservoirs." (Paragraph 4)

The underlined word has the same meaning as ........
A. grew D. existed
B. bore E. renovated
 C. built
Jawaban : C

7. How was the empire destroyed ........

A. The empire was destroyed by huge stones.
B. It was destroyed by well-organized ayllu.
C. The empire was ruled by the Sapa Inca.
D. It was reconstructed by systems.
E. It was attacked by the Spaniards
Jawaban : E

8. What did they use to calculate ........

A. Quipus. D. Chasquis
B. Strings. E. Huge stones.
C. Mortars.
Jawaban : A

Higher Education for Women

In this modern era, there are still some parents who are reluctant about sending their
daughters to college. The narrow attitude shown to women's education is largely due to the
traditional role of women in society. A woman is expected to be a wife and a mother. Most
parents believe that if their daughter gets married and chooses to be a housewife, then the
higher education will be waste. However, an educated woman is not only a better wife but
also contributes something to the society.
Nowadays, more and more women are successfully combining their career and
marriage. Educated women are richer both emotionally and financially. They are able to find
an outlet for their monotonous drudgery of their housekeeping. They bring more satisfaction
and contentment to their lives.
Depriving girls of higher education is crash discrimination. Times have changed;
modern society needs the talents of its people regardless of gender. Today, women work
alongside men. In fact, in the last few decades, women have made outstanding contributions
to society.
Women should be given the freedom to be educated whether or not they get married or
go to work after finishing their education, because it is only through education that a woman
will find herself useful and discover that she wants in life. A woman who works is not an
insult to her husband. Conversely, her husband should feel proud of her achievements since.
marriage is actually an equal patnership.
Therefore, parents should not think that girls should receive less education just because
they will get married one day.

9. What makes parents reluctant to send their daughters to college ........

A. They think education will be a waste.
B. More women are successful in their career.
C. It is a waste for women to go to college.
D. Traditional roles of women in society do not need high education.
 E. They have to contribute something to the society.
Jawaban : D

10. What is the main purpose of the text ........

A. To put forward a point of view or argument about higher education for women.
B. To tell the parents in this modern era about how to educate their daughters.
C. To persuade readers what should and should not do about education.
D. To explain to readers about how to give education for their daughters.
E. To describe the fact about how some parents educate their daughters.
Jawaban : A

11. Modern society needs ........

A. educated career women D. good liousewives and mothers
B. married women E. talented people regardless gender
C. educated women
Jawaban : E

12. "In fact, in the last few decades, women have made oustanding contributions to
society." (Paragraph 3).
The synonym of the italic word is ........
A. main D. wellknown
B. major E. remarkable
C. ordinary
Jawaban : E

There are a lot of discussions as to whether children should be given homework or not.
Some people claim that children to enough work in school alredy. They also argue that
children have hobbies that they want to do after school, such as sports or music. A further
point they make is that a lot of homework is pointless and doesn't help the child learn at all.
However, there are also strong arguments against this point of view. Parents and
teachers argue that it is important to find out whether children can work on their own without
the support from the teacher. They say that the evening is a good time for children to sit
down and think about what they have learned in school.
Furthermore they claim that the school day is too short to get anything done that needs
doing and it makes sense to send home tasks like independent reading or futher writing tasks
that don't need teacher's support.
On balance, I think that some homework is a good idea but that it should only given at
the weekend when cildren have more time.

13. How do we compare the second and the fourth paragraph ........
A. Both paragraphs argue that homework is necessary for students.
B. Unlike the fourth paragraph, the second paragraph argues that homework is
unnecessary.
C. The second paragraph supports that students need homework, but the
fourthparagraph does not.
D. The second paragraph and the fourth paragraph argue that students do not need
 homework.
E. The second and the fourth paragraphs do not say anything about the benefit of
homework.
Jawaban : B

14. How many reasons are presented by those who are against homework ........
A. 1 D. 4
B. 2 E. 5
C. 3
Jawaban : C

15. Those who are pro homework think that the students can ........ in the evening.
A. prepare for the next lesson D. do their hobbies
B. review their lessons E. test themselves
C. enjoy their pastime
Jawaban : B

16. "A further point they make is that a lot of homework is pointless and doesn't help the
child learn at all." (Paragraph 2).
The underlined word is synonymous with ........
A. terrible D. unimportant
B. careless E. uninteresting
C. difficult
Jawaban : D

17. What is the writer's suggestion about homework ........

A. Homework is pointless.
B. Homework is badly needed.
C. Homework should be given at weekend.
D. Student should not be given any homework.
E. Student must frequently have homework
Jawaban : C

Tom!
I'm going to Anula supermarket to get some sugar. Would you like to turn the stove on
when you are home? I've put some soup there. Just heat it for about 5 minutes and then take
it out from the stove before you have dinner.

18. What is the message about ........

A. Telling Tom to eat the soup. D. Telling Tom to heat the soup.
B. Asking Tom to buy some sugar. E. Telling Tom to wait for about 5
C. Asking Tom to go to supermarket. minutes.
Jawaban : D

19. "I've put some soup there."

The word there in the sentence refers to ........
 A. home D. the supermarket
B. kitchen E. Anula supermarket
C. the stove
Jawaban : C

For students - grade XII-who need the polytechnic admission form:

2 choices - Rp 125,000.00
3 choices - Rp 160,000.00
From 6-16 July 2009
Time 08.00-14.00
Contact Person: Tarjo Phone (022) 2011975

20. What is the purpose of the text ........

A. To inform students about polytechnic admission form.
B. To tell the students about payment to enter the polytechnic.
C. To explain the students about an entrance test.
D. To give description of polytechnic selection
E. To invite students to come polytechnic
Jawaban : A

21. The deadline to order the form is ........

A. On July 6, 2009 D. In July, at 14.00
B. On July 16, 2009 E. Between 6 -16 July 2009
C. In July, at 08.00
Jawaban : B

Apt BLK 30, Eunos St.

#05 - 116
Singapore 1441
2nd April 2009

Dear Liza,
I have received your letter asking me to meet you at your house this Sunday to discuss the
urgent matter you have. I regret however to say that it will not be possible for me to see you
on Sunday as I already have a previous appointment. I shall see you on Monday, next week,
at 5 p.m. Hoping the change of date will be convenient to you.

Your sincerely,
Daisy

22. What does the letter tell about ........

A. Liza's problem.
B. Liza's appointment.
C. Daisy's previous letter to Liza
D. Daisy's regret for not being able to come.
E. A meeting held at Liza's house.
 Jawaban : D

23. Why did Liza ask Daisy to come to her house ........
A. Liza wanted Daisy to solve her problem.
B. Daisy would discuss her problem with Liza.
C. Liza persuaded Daisy to go somewhere.
D. Daisy wanted to meet Liza's family.
E. Liza wanted to chat with Daisy.
Jawaban : A

Hotel Cannero
28051Cannero Riviera, Italy
Phone: 323788046
Waiters/Waitresses (2), Swimming Pool Attendants, Bar Staff.
Arround $ 150 per week. 12 hours per day, 6 days per week. Free board and
accomodation. Knowledge of German, Italian or French required. Period of work 3 or 6
months between end of March and end of October. Applicants should be fit and healthy,
organized and clean. Applications from 25 March to the end and send to Maria
Carla at the above address.

24. Who is the addressee of this advertisement ........

A. All who are fit and healthy.
B. Those who can serve foreigners.
C. All who meet the requirements mentioned.
D. The educated people who can handle service jobs.
E. Those who can speak two foreign languages.
Jawaban : C

25. What is the text about ........

A. A week tour to Italy
B. A job vacancy in Hotel Cannero.
C. Three day tour to Eropean countries.
D. A healthy and clean environment.
E. The description on Cannero Riviera.
Jawaban : B

26. Those who are accepted to work for the hotel ........
A. are mostly Italians
B. will get accommodation
C. are under the control of Maria Carla
D. will take control of each departement
E. will start working between March and October
Jawaban : B

Once upon a time there lived as neighbours, a bear and a rabbit. The rabbit was a good
short, and the bear, being very clumsy, could not use the arrow to good advantage. The bear
would call over the rabbit and asked the rabbit to take his bow and arrows and came with the
bear to the other side of the hill. The rabbit, fearing to arouse the bear's anger by refusing,
consented and went with the bear and shot enough buffalo to satisfy the hungry family.
Indeed, he shot and killed so many that there was lots of meat left after the bear and his
family had loaded themselves, and packed all they could carry home. The bear was very
gluttonous and did not want the rabbit to get any of the meat, so the poor rabbit could not
even taste the blood from the butchering, as the bear would throw earth on the blood and dry
it up. Poor rabbit would have to go home hungry after his hard day's work.
The bear was the father of five children. The youngest child was very kind to the rabbit.
The mother bear, knowing that her youngest child was very hearty eater, always gave him an
extra large piece of meat, but the youngest child didn't eat. He would take it outside with him
and pretend to play ball with it, kicking it toward the rabbit's house, and when he got close to
the door he would give the meat with such a great kick, that it would fly into the rabbit's
house and in this way the poor rabbit would get his meal unknown to the papa bear.

27. The poor rabbit didn't taste any of the meat because ........
A. they are already given to the butcher
B. they are eaten by the youngest bear
C. the bear carried all the meat home
D. they are already dried up
E. the bear ate all the meat
Jawaban : C

28. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text ........

A. The papa bear was not very kind to the rabbit.
B. The rabbit got nothing from his shooting
C. The mother bear always gives her youngest extra meat.
D. The papa bear didn't like giving the rabbit some meat.
E. The papa bear knew that his youngest child gave the rabbit some
Jawaban : E

29. The story teach us that ........

A. poverty makes people suffer
B. we must keep our promise
C. being greedy makes other people happy
D. people should love each other
E. we must keep our relationship with others
Jawaban : D

SINGAPORE: A supervisor was jailed for two months for repeatedly striking his
Indonesian maid on the head and back with a television remote control, news reports said on
Thursday.
Muhammad Shafiq Woon Abdullah admitted in Singapore court. He physically abused
the woman on several occasions, between June and October 2002, The Straits Times said.
The magistrate's court heard that Shafiq, 31; began striking Winarti, 22, about a month
after she started working for him.
 He hit her on the head with the TV set's remote control because he was unhappy with
her work. On one occasion, he punched her on the back after accusing her of daydreaming.
S.S. Dhillon, Shafiq's lawyer, said his client had become mad when he saw his
daughter's face covered as she laid in bed.
He said his client thought the maid had put the child in danger. - DPA.

30. The text reported ........

A. Shafiq, a Singaporean supervisor
B. S.S. Dhillon, the lawyer in magistrate court
C. an Indonesia maid who was jailed for two months
D. an Indonesia maid who was working in Singapore
E. a Singaporean supervisor who was jailed because of striking his maid.
Jawaban : E

31. When did Shafiq physically abuse the woman ........

A. Between June and October 2002 D. On June 22nd.
B. On several occasion. E. Any time.
C. On October 31st.
Jawaban : A

32. Why did Shafiq punch Winarti on her back? She was accused of ........
A. taking much time for herself D. daydreaming
B. leaving her work E. being lazy
C. working carelessly
Jawaban : D

I usually woke up at 8 a.m. and went to the press center to check the daily schedule of
briefings and press conferences, usually held by the United Nations officials or disaster
mitigation team chief, Alwi Shihab.
It was challenging to visit different refugee camps to find soft stories, human interest
stories. Then, I went back to the press center in between to cover the press conferences of the
day.
It was heart breaking when I saw these survivors fight for food and secondhand clothing,
which they said were limited and inadequate. Emerging to a glaring, full noon, it was time to
go back to the press center to write stories and race against time, always fearing that the
internet connection would come crashing down.
And after everything was done, only then I remembered to eat. Most times, I only ate
once a day because you always had to rush and it was difficult to find food. You had to travel
quite far, about a 30-to 45-minute trip by car to find fresh food.

33. How often did the writer eat a day ........

A. Three times D. Never
B. Seldom E. Once
C. Twice
Jawaban : E
34. " ........ mitigation team chief Alwi Shihab ." (Paragraph 1)
The synonym of the underlined word is ........
A. decreaser D. developer
B. lightener E. writer
C. reliever
Jawaban : B

35. What is the writer's occupation ........

A. A social worker. D. presenter.
B. A volunteer. E. A TV reporter.
C. A journalist.
Jawaban : C